PARTREA BOILERS AND ROOF TOP UNIT REPLACEMENT MANUAL...Partrea Boilers and Roof Top Unit Replacement Invitation for Bids 00020-2 The bidder shall place on the outside of the envelope

PROJECT MANUAL

For

PARTREA BOILERS

AND

ROOF TOP UNIT

REPLACEMENT

JULY 2015

David Heim, Contracting Officer

Norfolk Redevelopment and Housing Authority 910 Ballentine Blvd., Norfolk, Virginia 23504

Phone (757) 314-1523

Fax (757) 314-1488

Norfolk Redevelopment and Housing Authority

Partrea Boilers and Roof Top Unit Replacement

Table of Contents TOC

TABLE OF CONTENTS INVITATION FOR BIDS .............................................................. 00020-1 through 00020-2 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS ................................................... 00100-1 through 00100-4 (Public and Indian Housing) REPRESENTATIONS, CERTIFICATIONS, & OTHER STATEMENTS OF BIDDERS ........................................ 00200-1 through 00200-3 (Public and Indian Housing) FORM OF BID ............................................................................... 00300-1 through 00300-4 BID BOND ..................................................................................... 00410-1 through 00410-2 STATEMENT OF BIDDER'S QUALIFICATIONS ...................... 00420-1 through 00420-2 NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT ............................................................................. 00480-1 CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE .......................................................................... 00481-1 CERTIFICATE REGARDING DEBARMENT ........................................................ 00482-1 SAMPLE CONTRACT AGREEMENT ......................................... 00500-1 through 00500-2 SECTION 3 & OTHER WORKPLACE CLAUSES ...................... 00600-1 through 00600-3 PERFORMANCE BOND ............................................................... 00610-1 through 00610-3 PAYMENT BOND ......................................................................... 00620-1 through 00620-2 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - PUBLIC HOUSING PROGRAMS (HUD-5370) .................................................................................. 00700-1 through 00700-17 DAVIS BACON WAGE RATE ..................................................... 00770-1 through 00770-5 SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS ................................................ 00800-1 through 00800-9 SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS .................................................................................. 00810-1 CONTRACT SUBMITTALS AND CLOSEOUT DOCUMENTATION ................................................ 00820-1 through 00820-4 SECTION 3 APPENDIX .............................................................. 00900-1 through 00900-12 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS ........................................... T.O.C. – Div. 23 and Div. 26

Norfolk Redevelopment and Housing Authority Partrea Boilers and Roof Top Unit Replacement

Invitation for Bids 00020-1

INVITATION FOR BIDS

The Norfolk Redevelopment and Housing Authority will receive bids to “Furnish all supervision,

labor, materials, and equipment necessary to provide “Partrea Boilers and Roof Top Unit

Replacement.”

The construction work is defined by the Contract Documents.

A pre-bid meeting will be conducted at Partrea Midrise, 701 Easy Street, Norfolk, VA on

Tuesday, August 4, 2015 at 9:00 AM. All prospective bidders are encouraged to attend.

Bids will be received until 3:00 PM local prevailing time on Tuesday, August 11, 2015, at the

office of the Norfolk Redevelopment and Housing Authority, 910 Ballentine Boulevard, Norfolk,

Virginia, at which time the bids will be publicly opened and read aloud.

A certified check, bank draft or irrevocable letter of credit, payable to the order of the Norfolk

Redevelopment and Housing Authority, negotiable U. S. Government bonds (at par value) or a

satisfactory Bid Bond executed by the bidder and an acceptable surety in the amount equal to five

percent (5%) of the bid shall be submitted with each bid.

Attention is called to the fact that not less than the minimum salaries and wages set forth in the

contract documents must be paid on this project, and that the contractor must insure that all

employees and applicants for employment are not discriminated against because of their race,

religion, color, sex, or nation origin, and comply with the requirements of Section 3 of the

Housing and Urban Development Act of 1968 and of Executive Order 11246.

The Norfolk Redevelopment and Housing Authority reserves the right to reject any or all bids or

to waive any informality in the bidding.

If any bidder seeks to withdraw his bid due to a clerical error therein, as provided in Code of

Virginia, Title 2.2, Chapter 43, Section 2.2-4330, such bidder must give notice in writing of his

claim of right to withdraw his bid within two (2) business days after the bid opening.

If a contract is for $120,000.00 or more, or if the total value of all construction, removal, repair or

improvement undertaken by the bidder within any 12-month period is $750,000.00 or more, the

bidder is required under Title 54.1-1100, Code of Virginia, 2050 (as amended) to show evidence

of being licensed as a Class A Contractor. If a contract is $10,000.00 or more, but less than

$120,000.00, the bidder is required to show evidence of being licensed as a Class B Contractor.


Invitation for Bids 00020-2

The bidder shall place on the outside of the envelope containing the bid and shall place in the bid

over his signature whichever of the following notations is appropriate:

Licensed Class A Virginia Contractor Number

Licensed Class B Virginia Contractor Number

If a contract is for $1,000.00 or more, or if the total value of all construction, removal, repair or

improvement undertaken by the bidder within any 12-month period is $150,000.00 or more, the

bidder is required under Title 54.1, Chapter 7, Code of Virginia, 2050 (as amended).

The contractor must be authorized to transact business in Virginia as a domestic or foreign

business entity as required by the State Corporation Commission, if such is required by law. Such

status shall be maintained during the term of a contract.

The bidder shall place on the outside of the envelope containing the bid and also on the bid form,

acknowledgment of receipt of all addenda for the bid.

In submitting these Bids, the Bidder understands that the right is reserved by the Norfolk

Redevelopment and Housing Authority to reject any and all Bids or to waive any informality in

the bidding. If written notice of the acceptance of this Bid is mailed, telegraphed or delivered to

the undersigned within forty-five (45) days after the opening thereof, or at any time thereafter

before this Bid is withdrawn, the undersigned agrees to execute and deliver an Agreement in the

prescribed form and furnish the required bond within ten (10) days after the Agreement is

presented to him for signature.

David Heim, Contracting Officer


Previous edition is obsolete form HUD-5369 (10/2002) Instructions to Bidders

U.S. Department of Housing and

Urban Development

Office of Public and Indian Housing

Instructions to Bidders for Contracts

Public and Indian Housing Programs


Previous edition is obsolete form 00100 - 1 HUD-5369 (10/2002)

Instructions to Bidders for Contracts Public and Indian Housing Programs

Table of Contents

Clause Page

1. Bid Preparation and Submission 1 2. Explanations and Interpretations to Prospective Bidders 1

3. Amendments to Invitations for Bids 1

4. Responsibility of Prospective Contractor 1 5. Late Submissions, Modifications, and Withdrawal of Bids 1

6. Bid Opening 2

7. Service of Protest 2 8. Contract Award 2

9. Bid Guarantee 3

10. Assurance of Completion 3 11. Preconstruction Conference 3

12. Indian Preference Requirements 3

1. Bid Preparation and Submission

(a) Bidders are expected to examine the specifications, drawings, all instructions, and, if applicable, the construction site (see also the

contract clause entitled Site Investigation and Conditions Affecting

the Work of the General Conditions of the Contract for Construction). Failure to do so will be at the bidders’ risk.

(b) All bids must be submitted on the forms provided by the Public Housing Agency/Indian Housing Authority (PHA/IHA). Bidders

shall furnish all the information required by the solicitation. Bids

must be signed and the bidder’s name typed or printed on the bid sheet and each continuation sheet which requires the entry of

information by the bidder. Erasures or other changes must be initialed

by the person signing the bid. Bids signed by an agent shall be accompanied by evidence of that agent’s authority. (Bidders should

retain a copy of their bid for their records.)

(c) Bidders must submit as part of their bid a completed form

HUD-5369-A, “Representations, Certifications, and Other Statements

of Bidders.”

(d) All bid documents shall be sealed in an envelope which shall be

clearly marked with the words “Bid Documents,” the Invitation for Bids (IFB) number, any project or other identifying number, the

bidder’s name, and the date and time for receipt of bids.

(e) If this solicitation requires bidding on all items, failure to do so

will disqualify the bid. If bidding on all items is not required, bidders should insert the words “No Bid” in the space provided for any item

on which no price is submitted.

(f) Unless expressly authorized elsewhere in this solicitation,

alternate bids will not be considered.

(g) Unless expressly authorized elsewhere in this solicitation, bids

submitted by telegraph or facsimile (fax) machines will not be

considered.

(h) If the proposed contract is for a Mutual Help project (as de-

scribed in 24 CFR Part 905, Subpart E) that involves Mutual Help contributions of work, material, or equipment, supplemental

information regarding the bid advertisement is provided as an

attachment to this solicitation.

2. Explanations and Interpretations to Prospective

Bidders

(a) Any prospective bidder desiring an explanation or interpretation of the solicitation, specifications, drawings, etc., must request it at

least 11 days before the scheduled time for bid opening. Requests

may be oral or written. Oral requests must be confirmed in writing. The only oral clarifications that will be provided will be those clearly

related to solicitation procedures, i.e., not substantive technical

information. No other oral explanation or interpretation will be provided. Any information given a prospective bidder concerning this

solicitation will be furnished promptly to all other prospective

bidders as a written amendment to the solicitation, if that information is necessary in submitting bids, or if the lack of it would be

prejudicial to other prospective bidders.

(b) Any information obtained by, or provided to, a bidder other than

by formal amendment to the solicitation shall not constitute a change

to the solicitation.

3. Amendments to Invitations for Bids

(a) If this solicitation is amended, then all terms and conditions,

which are not modified, remain unchanged.

(b) Bidders shall acknowledge receipt of any amendment to this

solicitation (1) by signing and returning the amendment, (2) by

identifying the amendment number and date on the bid form, or (3) by letter, telegram, or facsimile, if those methods are authorized in

the solicitation. The PHA/IHA must receive acknowledgement by the

time and at the place specified for receipt of bids. Bids which fail to acknowledge the bidder’s receipt of any amendment will result in the

rejection of the bid if the amendment(s) contained information which

substantively changed the PHA’s/IHA’s requirements.

(c) Amendments will be on file in the offices of the PHA/IHA and

the Architect at least 10 days before bid opening.

4. Responsibility of Prospective Contractor

(a) The PHA/IHA will award contracts only to responsible

prospective contractors who have the ability to perform successfully

under the terms and conditions of the proposed contract. In determining the responsibility of a bidder, the PHA/IHA will

consider such matters as the bidder’s:

(1) Integrity;

(2) Compliance with public policy; (3) Record of past performance; and

(4) Financial and technical resources (including construction

and technical equipment).

(b) Before a bid is considered for award, the bidder may be

requested by the PHA/IHA to submit a statement or other documentation regarding any of the items in paragraph (a) above.

Failure by the bidder to provide such additional information shall

render the bidder nonresponsive and ineligible for award.



5. Late Submissions, Modifications, and Withdrawal of Bids

(a) Any bid received at the place designated in the solicitation after

the exact time specified for receipt will not be considered unless it is

received before award is made and it:

(1) Was sent by registered or certified mail not later than the

fifth calendar day before the date specified for receipt of offers (e.g., an offer submitted in response to a solicitation requiring receipt of

offers by the 20th of the month must have been mailed by the 15th);

(2) Was sent by mail, or if authorized by the solicitation, was

sent by telegram or via facsimile, and it is determined by the

PHA/IHA that the late receipt was due solely to mishandling by the PHA/IHA after receipt at the PHA/IHA; or

(3) Was sent by U.S. Postal Service Express Mail Next Day Service - Post Office to Addressee, not later than 5:00 p.m. at the

place of mailing two working days prior to the date specified for

receipt of proposals. The term “working days” excludes weekends

and observed holidays.

(b) Any modification or withdrawal of a bid is subject to the same conditions as in paragraph (a) of this provision.

(c) The only acceptable evidence to establish the date of mailing of

a late bid, modification, or withdrawal sent either by registered or

certified mail is the U.S. or Canadian Postal Service postmark both on the envelope or wrapper and on the original receipt from the U.S.

or Canadian Postal Service. Both postmarks must show a legible date

or the bid, modification, or withdrawal shall be processed as if mailed late. “Postmark” means a printed, stamped, or otherwise placed

impression (exclusive of a postage meter machine impression) that is

readily identifiable without further action as having been supplied and affixed by employees of the U.S. or Canadian Postal Service on

the date of mailing. Therefore, bidders should request the postal clerk

to place a hand cancellation bull’s-eye postmark on both the receipt and the envelope or wrapper.

(d) The only acceptable evidence to establish the time of receipt at the PHA/IHA is the time/date stamp of PHA/IHA on the proposal

wrapper or other documentary evidence of receipt maintained by the

PHA/IHA.

(e) The only acceptable evidence to establish the date of mailing of

a late bid, modification, or withdrawal sent by Express Mail Next Day Service-Post Office to Addressee is the date entered by the post

office receiving clerk on the “Express Mail Next Day Service-Post

Office to Addressee” label and the postmark on both the envelope or wrapper and on the original receipt from the U.S. Postal Service.

“Postmark” has the same meaning as defined in paragraph (c) of this

provision, excluding postmarks of the Canadian Postal Service. Therefore, bidders should request the postal clerk to place a legible

hand cancellation bull’s eye postmark on both the receipt and Failure

by a bidder to acknowledge receipt of the envelope or wrapper.

(f) Notwithstanding paragraph (a) of this provision, a late

modification of an otherwise successful bid that makes its terms more

favorable to the PHA/IHA will be considered at any time it is

received and may be accepted.

(g) Bids may be withdrawn by written notice, or if authorized by

this solicitation, by telegram (including mailgram) or facsimile

machine transmission received at any time before the exact time set for opening of bids; provided that written confirmation of telegraphic

or facsimile withdrawals over the signature of the bidder is mailed

and postmarked prior to the specified bid opening time. A bid may be withdrawn in person by a bidder or its authorized representative if,

before the exact time set for opening of bids, the identity of the

person requesting withdrawal is established and the person signs a receipt for the bid.

6. Bid Opening

All bids received by the date and time of receipt specified in the

solicitation will be publicly opened and read. The time and place of

opening will be as specified in the solicitation. Bidders and other interested persons may be present.

7. Service of Protest

(a) Definitions. As used in this provision:

“Interested party” means an actual or prospective bidder whose

direct economic interest would be affected by the award of the contract.

“Protest” means a written objection by an interested party to this solicitation or to a proposed or actual award of a contract

pursuant to this solicitation.

(b) Protests shall be served on the Contracting Officer by obtaining

written and dated acknowledgement from —

CHIEF HOUSING OFFICER

910 BALLENTINE BLVD.

NORFOLK, VIRGINIA 23504

[Contracting Officer designate the official or location where a protest

may be served on the Contracting Officer]

(c) All protests shall be resolved in accordance with the PHA’s/

IHA’s protest policy and procedures, copies of which are maintained at the PHA/IHA.

8. Contract Award

(a) The PHA/IHA will evaluate bids in response to this solicitation

without discussions and will award a contract to the responsible bidder whose bid, conforming to the solicitation, will be most

advantageous to the PHA/IHA considering only price and any price-

related factors specified in the solicitation.

(b) If the apparent low bid received in response to this solicitation

exceeds the PHA’s/IHA’s available funding for the proposed contract work, the PHA/IHA may either accept separately priced items (see

8(e) below) or use the following procedure to determine contract

award. The PHA/IHA shall apply in turn to each bid (proceeding in order from the apparent low bid to the high bid) each of the

separately priced bid deductible items, if any, in their priority order

set forth in this solicitation. If upon the application of the first deductible item to all initial bids, a new low bid is within the

PHA’s/IHA’s available funding, then award shall be made to that

bidder. If no bid is within the available funding amount, then the PHA/IHA shall apply the second deductible item. The PHA/IHA

shall continue this process until an evaluated low bid, if any, is within

the PHA’s/IHA’s available funding. If upon the application of all deductibles, no bid is within the PHA’s/IHA’s available funding, or if

the solicitation does not request separately priced deductibles, the

PHA/IHA shall follow its written policy and procedures in making

any award under this solicitation.

(c) In the case of tie low bids, award shall be made in accordance

with the PHA’s/IHA’s written policy and procedures.

(d) The PHA/IHA may reject any and all bids, accept other than the

lowest bid (e.g., the apparent low bid is unreasonably low), and

waive informalities or minor irregularities in bids received, in accordance with the PHA’s/IHA’s written policy and procedures.

(e) Unless precluded elsewhere in the solicitation, the PHA/IHA may accept any item or combination of items bid.



(f) The PHA/IHA may reject any bid as nonresponsive if it is

materially unbalanced as to the prices for the various items of work to

be performed. A bid is materially unbalanced when it is based on

prices significantly less than cost for some work and prices which are significantly overstated for other work.

(g) A written award shall be furnished to the successful bidder within the period for acceptance specified in the bid and shall result

in a binding contract without further action by either party.

9. Bid Guarantee (applicable to construction and

equipment contracts exceeding $25,000)

All bids must be accompanied by a negotiable bid guarantee, which

shall not be less than five percent (5%) of the amount of the bid. The

bid guarantee may be a certified check, bank draft, U.S. Government Bonds at par value, or a bid bond secured by a surety company

acceptable to the U.S. Government and authorized to do business in

the state where the work is to be performed. In the case where the

work under the contract will be performed on an Indian reservation

area, the bid guarantee may also be an irrevocable Letter of Credit

(see provision 10, Assurance of Completion, below). Certified checks and bank drafts must be made payable to the order of the PHA/IHA.

The bid guarantee shall insure the execution of the contract and the furnishing of a method of assurance of completion by the successful

bidder as required by the solicitation. Failure to submit a bid

guarantee with the bid shall result in the rejection of the bid. Bid guarantees submitted by unsuccessful bidders will be returned as

soon as practicable after bid opening.

10. Assurance of Completion

(a) Unless otherwise provided in State law, the successful bidder shall furnish an assurance of completion prior to the execution of any

contract under this solicitation. This assurance may be [Contracting

Officer check applicable items] —

[ X] (1) a performance and payment bond in a penal sum of 100

percent of the contract price; or, as may be required or permitted by State law;

[ ] (2) separate performance and payment bonds, each for 50 percent or more of the contract price;

[ ] (3) a 20 percent cash escrow;

[ ] (4) a 25 percent irrevocable letter of credit; or,

[ ] (5) an irrevocable letter of credit for 10 percent of the total

contract price with a monitoring and disbursements agreement with

the IHA (applicable only to contracts awarded by an IHA under the Indian Housing Program).

(b) Bonds must be obtained from guarantee or surety companies acceptable to the U.S. Government and authorized to do business in

the state where the work is to be performed. Individual sureties will

not be considered. U.S. Treasury Circular Number 570, published

annually in the Federal Register, lists companies approved to act as

sureties on bonds securing Government contracts, the maximum

underwriting limits on each contract bonded, and the States in which the company is licensed to do business. Use of companies listed in

this circular is mandatory. Copies of the circular may be downloaded

on the U.S. Department of Treasury website http://www.fms.treas.gov/c570/index.html, or ordered for a

minimum fee by contacting the Government Printing Office at (202)

512-2168.

(c) Each bond shall clearly state the rate of premium and the total

amount of premium charged. The current power of attorney for the

person who signs for the surety company must be attached to the

bond. The effective date of the power of attorney shall not precede the date of the bond. The effective date of the bond shall be on or

after the execution date of the contract.

(d) Failure by the successful bidder to obtain the required assurance

of completion within the time specified, or within such extended

period as the PHA/IHA may grant based upon reasons determined adequate by the PHA/IHA, shall render the bidder ineligible for

award. The PHA/IHA may then either award the contract to the next

lowest responsible bidder or solicit new bids. The PHA/IHA may retain the ineligible bidder’s bid guarantee.

11. Preconstruction Conference (applicable to construction contracts)

After award of a contract under this solicitation and prior to the start

of work, the successful bidder will be required to attend a

preconstruction conference with representatives of the PHA/IHA and

its architect/engineer, and other interested parties convened by the

PHA/IHA. The conference will serve to acquaint the participants with the general plan of the construction operation and all other

requirements of the contract (e.g., Equal Employment Opportunity, Labor Standards). The PHA/IHA will provide the successful bidder

with the date, time, and place of the conference.

12. Indian Preference Requirements (applicable only if this

solicitation is for a contract to be performed on a project

for an Indian Housing Authority)

(a) HUD has determined that the contract awarded under this

solicitation is subject to the requirements of section 7(b) of the Indian Self-Determination and Education Assistance Act (25 U.S.C.

450e(b)). Section 7(b) requires that any contract or subcontract

entered into for the benefit of Indians shall require that, to the greatest extent feasible

(1) Preferences and opportunities for training and employment (other than core crew positions; see paragraph (h)

below) in connection with the administration of such contracts or

subcontracts be given to qualified “Indians.” The Act defines “Indians” to mean persons who are members of an Indian tribe and

defines “Indian tribe” to mean any Indian tribe, band, nation, or other

organized group or community, including any Alaska Native village or regional or village corporation as defined in or established

pursuant to the Alaska Native Claims Settlement Act, which is

recognized as eligible for the special programs and services provided by the United States to Indians because of their status as Indians; and,

(2) Preference in the award of contracts or subcontracts in connection with the administration of contracts be given to Indian

organizations and to Indian-owned economic enterprises, as de-fined

in section 3 of the Indian Financing Act of 1974 (25 U.S.C. 1452). That Act defines “economic enterprise” to mean any Indian-owned

commercial, industrial, or business activity established or organized

for the purpose of profit, except that the Indian ownership must

constitute not less than 51 percent of the enterprise; “Indian

organization” to mean the governing body of any Indian tribe or

entity established or recognized by such governing body; “Indian” to mean any person who is a member of any tribe, band, group, pueblo,

or community which is recognized by the Federal Government as

eligible for services from the Bureau of Indian Affairs and any “Native” as defined in the Alaska Native Claims Settlement Act; and

Indian “tribe” to mean any Indian tribe, band, group, pueblo, or

community including Native villages and Native groups (including corporations organized by Kenai, Juneau, Sitka, and Kodiak) as

defined in the Alaska Native Claims Settlement Act, which is

recognized by the Federal Government as eligible for services from the Bureau of Indian Affairs.



(b) (1) The successful Contractor under this solicitation shall

comply with the requirements of this provision in awarding all

subcontracts under the contract and in providing training and

employment opportunities.

(2) A finding by the IHA that the contractor, either (i) awarded a

subcontract without using the procedure required by the IHA, (ii) falsely represented that subcontracts would be awarded to Indian

enterprises or organizations; or, (iii) failed to comply with the

contractor’s employment and training preference bid statement shall be grounds for termination of the contract or for the assessment of

penalties or other remedies.

(c) If specified elsewhere in this solicitation, the IHA may restrict

the solicitation to qualified Indian-owned enterprises and Indian

organizations. If two or more (or a greater number as specified elsewhere in the solicitation) qualified Indian-owned enterprises or

organizations submit responsive bids, award shall be made to the

qualified enterprise or organization with the lowest responsive bid. If

fewer than the minimum required number of qualified Indian-owned

enterprises or organizations submit responsive bids, the IHA shall

reject all bids and re-advertise the solicitation in accordance with paragraph (d) below.

(d) If the IHA prefers not to restrict the solicitation as described in

paragraph (c) above, or if after having restricted a solicitation an

insufficient number of qualified Indian enterprises or organizations submit bids, the IHA may advertise for bids from non-Indian as well

as Indian-owned enterprises and Indian organizations. Award shall be

made to the qualified Indian enterprise or organization with the lowest responsive bid if that bid is -

(1) Within the maximum HUD-approved budget amount established for the specific project or activity for which bids are

being solicited; and

(2) No more than the percentage specified in 24 CFR

905.175(c) higher than the total bid price of the lowest responsive bid

from any qualified bidder. If no responsive bid by a qualified Indian-owned economic enterprise or organization is within the stated range

of the total bid price of the lowest responsive bid from any qualified

enterprise, award shall be made to the bidder with the lowest bid.

(e) Bidders seeking to qualify for preference in contracting or

subcontracting shall submit proof of Indian ownership with their bids. Proof of Indian ownership shall include but not be limited to:

(1) Certification by a tribe or other evidence that the bidder is an Indian. The IHA shall accept the certification of a tribe that an

individual is a member.

(2) Evidence such as stock ownership, structure,

management, control, financing and salary or profit sharing

arrangements of the enterprise.

(f) (1) All bidders must submit with their bids a statement

describing how they will provide Indian preference in the award of

subcontracts. The specific requirements of that statement and the

factors to used by the IHA in determining the statement’s adequacy

are included as an attachment to this solicitation. Any bid that fails to include the required statement shall be rejected as nonresponsive.

The IHA may require that comparable statements be provided by

subcontractors to the successful Contractor, and may require the Contractor to reject any bid or proposal by a subcontractor that fails

to include the statement.

(2) Bidders and prospective subcontractors shall submit a

certification (supported by credible evidence) to the IHA in any

instance where the bidder or subcontractor believes it is infeasible to

provide Indian preference in subcontracting. The acceptance or rejection by the IHA of the certification shall be final. Rejection shall

disqualify the bid from further consideration.

(g) All bidders must submit with their bids a statement detailing

their employment and training opportunities and their plans to

provide preference to Indians in implementing the contract; and the number or percentage of Indians anticipated to be employed and

trained. Comparable statements from all proposed subcontractors

must be submitted. The criteria to be used by the IHA in determining the statement(s)’s adequacy are included as an attachment to this

solicitation. Any bid that fails to include the required statement(s), or

that includes a statement that does not meet minimum standards required by the IHA shall be rejected as nonresponsive.

(h) Core crew employees. A core crew employee is an individual

who is a bona fide employee of the contractor at the time the bid is

submitted; or an individual who was not employed by the bidder at

the time the bid was submitted, but who is regularly employed by the bidder in a supervisory or other key skilled position when work is

available. Bidders shall submit with their bids a list of all core crew employees.

(i) Preference in contracting, subcontracting, employment, and training shall apply not only on-site, on the reservation, or within the

IHA’s jurisdiction, but also to contracts with firms that operate

outside these areas (e.g., employment in modular or manufactured housing construction facilities).

(j) Bidders should contact the IHA to determine if any additional local preference requirements are applicable to this solicitation.

(k) The IHA [ ] does [ ] does not [Contracting Officer check applicable box] maintain lists of Indian-owned economic enterprises

and Indian organizations by specialty (e.g., plumbing, electrical,

foundations), which are available to bidders to assist them in meeting their responsibility to provide preference in connection with the

administration of contracts and subcontracts.


Previous edition is obsolete form HUD-5369-A (11/92)

U.S. Department of Housing

and Urban Development

Office of Public and Indian Housing

Representations, Certifications,

and Other Statements of Bidders

Public and Indian Housing Programs


Previous edition is obsolete form HUD-5369-A (11/92) 00200-1

Representations, Certifications,

and Other Statements of Bidders Public and Indian Housing Programs

Table of Contents

Clause Page

1. Certificate of Independent Price Determination 1

2. Contingent Fee Representation and Agreement 1

3. Certification and Disclosure Regarding Payments

to Influence Certain Federal Transactions 1

4. Organizational Conflicts of Interest Certification 2

5. Bidder's Certification of Eligibility 2

6. Minimum Bid Acceptance Period 2

7. Small, Minority, Women-Owned Business Concern

Representation 2

8. Indian-Owned Economic Enterprise and Indian

Organization Representation 2

9. Certification of Eligibility Under the Davis-Bacon Act 3

10. Certification of Nonsegregated Facilities 3

11. Clean Air and Water Certification 3

12. Previous Participation Certificate 3

13. Bidder's Signature 3

1. Certificate of Independent Price Determination (a) The bidder certifies that--

(1) The prices in this bid have been arrived at independently, without, for the purpose of restricting competition, any consultation,

communication, or agreement with any other bidder or competitor

relating to (i) those prices, (ii) the intention to submit a bid, or (iii) the methods or factors used to calculate the prices offered;

(2) The prices in this bid have not been and will not be

knowingly disclosed by the bidder, directly or indirectly, to any other bidder or competitor before bid opening (in the case of a sealed bid

solicitation) or contract award (in the case of a competitive proposal solicitation) unless otherwise required by law; and

(3) No attempt has been made or will be made by the bidder to

induce any other concern to submit or not to submit a bid for the purpose of restricting competition.

(b) Each signature on the bid is considered to be a certification by the signatory that the signatory--

(1) Is the person in the bidder's organization responsible for determining the prices being offered in this bid or proposal, and that

the signatory has not participated and will not participate in any action

contrary to subparagraphs (a)(l) through (a)(3) above; or (2) (i) Has been authorized, in writing, to act as agent for the

following principals in certifying that those principals have not

participated, and will not participate in any action contrary to

subparagraphs (a)(l) through (a)(3) above.

________________________________________________[insert full name of person(s) in the bidder's organization responsible for

determining the prices offered in this bid or proposal, and the title of

his or her position in the bidder's organization];

(ii) As an authorized agent, does certify that the principals

named in subdivision (b)(2)(i) above have not participated, and will not participate, in any action contrary to subparagraphs (a)(1) through

(a)(3) above; and

(iii) As an agent, has not personally participated, and will not

participate in any action contrary to subparagraphs (a)(1) through

(a)(3) above.

(c) If the bidder deletes or modifies subparagraph (a)2 above, the

bidder must furnish with its bid a signed statement setting forth in detail the circumstances of the disclosure.

[ ] [Contracting Officer check if following paragraph is applicable]

(d) Non-collusive affidavit. (applicable to contracts for construction

and equipment exceeding $50,000)

(1) Each bidder shall execute, in the form provided by the

PHA/ IHA, an affidavit to the effect that he/she has not colluded with any other person, firm or corporation in regard to any bid submitted in

response to this solicitation. If the successful bidder did not submit the

affidavit with his/her bid, he/she must submit it within three (3) working days of bid opening. Failure to submit the affidavit by that

date may render the bid nonresponsive. No contract award will be

made without a properly executed affidavit. (2) A fully executed "Non-collusive Affidavit" [ ] is, [ ] is not

included with the bid.

2. Contingent Fee Representation and Agreement

(a) Definitions. As used in this provision:

"Bona fide employee" means a person, employed by a bidder

and subject to the bidder's supervision and control as to time, place, and manner of performance, who neither exerts, nor proposes to exert

improper influence to solicit or obtain contracts nor holds out as being

able to obtain any contract(s) through improper influence.

"Improper influence" means any influence that induces or tends

to induce a PHA/IHA employee or officer to give consideration or to act regarding a PHA/IHA contract on any basis other than the merits

of the matter.

(b) The bidder represents and certifies as part of its bid that, except

for full-time bona fide employees working solely for the bidder, the

bidder:

(1) [ ] has, [ ] has not employed or retained any person or

company to solicit or obtain this contract; and (2) [ ] has, [ ] has not paid or agreed to pay to any person or

company employed or retained to solicit or obtain this contract any

commission, percentage, brokerage, or other fee contingent upon or resulting from the award of this contract.

(c) If the answer to either (a)(1) or (a)(2) above is affirmative, the bidder shall make an immediate and full written disclosure to the

PHA/IHA Contracting Officer.

(d) Any misrepresentation by the bidder shall give the PHA/IHA the

right to (1) terminate the contract; (2) at its discretion, deduct from

contract payments the amount of any commission, percentage,

brokerage, or other contingent fee; or (3) take other remedy pursuant

to the contract.

3. Certification and Disclosure Regarding Payments to Influence

Certain Federal Transactions (applicable to contracts exceeding

$100,000)

(a) The definitions and prohibitions contained in Section 1352 of

title 31, United States Code, are hereby incorporated by reference in paragraph (b) of this certification.



(b) The bidder, by signing its bid, hereby certifies to the best of his

or her knowledge and belief as of December 23, 1989 that:

(1) No Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be

paid to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer

or employee of any agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress on

his or her behalf in connection with the awarding of a contract

resulting from this solicitation;

(2) If any funds other than Federal appropriated funds

(including profit or fee received under a covered Federal transaction) have been paid, or will be paid, to any person for influencing or

attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a

Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress on his or her behalf in connection

with this solicitation, the bidder shall complete and submit, with its

bid, OMB standard form LLL, "Disclosure of Lobbying Activities;" and

(3) He or she will include the language of this certification in all subcontracts at any tier and require that all recipients of subcontract

awards in excess of $100,000 shall certify and disclose accordingly.

(c) Submission of this certification and disclosure is a prerequisite

for making or entering into this contract imposed by section 1352, title

31, United States Code. Any person who makes an expenditure prohibited under this provision or who fails to file or amend the

disclosure form to be filed or amended by this provision, shall be

subject to a civil penalty of not less than $10,000, and not more than $100,000, for each such failure.

(d) Indian tribes (except those chartered by States) and Indian organizations as defined in section 4 of the Indian Self-Determination

and Education Assistance Act (25 U.S.C. 450B) are exempt from the

requirements of this provision.

4. Organizational Conflicts of Interest Certification

The bidder certifies that to the best of its knowledge and belief and except as otherwise disclosed, he or she does not have any

organizational conflict of interest which is defined as a situation in

which the nature of work to be performed under this proposed contract and the bidder's organizational, financial, contractual, or other

interests may, without some restriction on future activities:

(a) Result in an unfair competitive advantage to the bidder; or,

(b) Impair the bidder's objectivity in performing the contract work.

[ ] In the absence of any actual or apparent conflict, I hereby certify

that to the best of my knowledge and belief, no actual or apparent conflict of interest exists with regard to my possible performance of

this procurement.

5. Bidder's Certification of Eligibility (a) By the submission of this bid, the bidder certifies that to the best

of its knowledge and belief, neither it, nor any person or firm which

has an interest in the bidder's firm, nor any of the bidder's

subcontractors, is ineligible to:

(1) Be awarded contracts by any agency of the United States Government, HUD, or the State in which this contract is to be

performed; or,

(2) Participate in HUD programs pursuant to 24 CFR Part 24.

(b) The certification in paragraph (a) above is a material representation

of fact upon which reliance was placed when making award. If it is later determined that the bidder knowingly rendered an erroneous

certification, the contract may be terminated for default, and the bidder

may be debarred or suspended from participation in HUD programs and other Federal contract programs.

6. Minimum Bid Acceptance Period

(a) "Acceptance period," as used in this provision, means the

number of calendar days available to the PHA/IHA for awarding a

contract from the date specified in this solicitation for receipt of bids.

(b) This provision supersedes any language pertaining to the

acceptance period that may appear elsewhere in this solicitation.

(c) The PHA/IHA requires a minimum acceptance period of [forty-five (45)] calendar days.

(d) In the space provided immediately below, bidders may specify a longer acceptance period than the PHA's/IHA's minimum requirement.

The bidder allows the following acceptance period: calendar days.

(e) A bid allowing less than the PHA's/IHA's minimum acceptance

period will be rejected.

(f) The bidder agrees to execute all that it has undertaken to do, in

compliance with its bid, if that bid is accepted in writing within (1) the

acceptance period stated in paragraph (c) above or (2) any longer acceptance period stated in paragraph (d) above.

7. Small, Minority, Women-Owned Business Concern

Representation

The bidder represents and certifies as part of its bid/ offer that it -

(a) [ ] is, [ ] is not a small business concern. "Small business

concern," as used in this provision, means a concern, including its

affiliates, that is independently owned and operated, not dominant in the field of operation in which it is bidding, and qualified as a small

business under the criteria and size standards in 13 CFR 121.

(b) [ ] is, [ ] is not a women-owned business enterprise. "Women-

owned business enterprise," as used in this provision, means a business that is at least 51 percent owned by a woman or women who

are U.S. citizens and who also control and operate the business.

(c) [ ] is, [ ] is not a minority business enterprise. "Minority

business enterprise," as used in this provision, means a business which

is at least 51 percent owned or controlled by one or more minority group members or, in the case of a publicly owned business, at least

51 percent of its voting stock is owned by one or more minority group

members, and whose management and daily operations are controlled by one or more such individuals. For the purpose

of this definition, minority group members are:

(Check the block applicable to you)

[ ] Black Americans[ ] Asian Pacific Americans

[ ] Hispanic Americans[ ] Asian Indian Americans

[ ] Native Americans[ ] Hasidic Jewish Americans

8. Indian-Owned Economic Enterprise and Indian

Organization Representation (applicable only if this solicitation is for a contract to be performed on a project for an

Indian Housing Authority)

The bidder represents and certifies that it:

(a) [ ] is, [ ] is not an Indian-owned economic enterprise. "Economic enterprise," as used in this provision, means any

commercial, industrial, or business activity established or

organized for the purpose of profit, which is at least 51 percent Indian owned. "Indian," as used in this provision, means any

person who is a member of any tribe, band, group, pueblo, or

community which is recognized by the Federal Government as eligible for services from the Bureau of Indian Affairs and any

"Native" as defined in the Alaska Native Claims Settlement Act.



(b) [ ] is, [ ] is not an Indian organization. "Indian organization," as

used in this provision, means the governing body of any Indian tribe or

entity established or recognized by such governing body. Indian

"tribe" means any Indian tribe, band, group, pueblo, or Page 2 of

3.form HUD-5369-A (11/92) Previous edition is obsolete community including Native villages and Native groups (including corporations

organized by Kenai, Juneau, Sitka, and Kodiak) as defined in the

Alaska Native Claims Settlement Act, which is recognized by the Federal Government as eligible for services from the Bureau of Indian

Affairs.

9. Certification of Eligibility Under the Davis-Bacon Act

(applicable to construction contracts exceeding $2,000)

(a) By the submission of this bid, the bidder certifies that neither it

nor any person or firm who has an interest in the bidder's firm is a person or firm ineligible to be awarded contracts by the United States

Government by virtue of section 3(a) of the Davis-Bacon Act or 29

CFR 5.12(a)(1).

(b) No part of the contract resulting from this solicitation shall be

subcontracted to any person or firm ineligible to be awarded contracts by the United States Government by virtue of section 3(a) of the

Davis-Bacon Act or 29 CFR 5.12(a)(1).

(c) The penalty for making false statements is prescribed in the U. S.

Criminal Code, 18 U.S.C. 1001.

10. Certification of Nonsegregated Facilities (applicable to contracts exceeding $10,000)

(a) The bidder's attention is called to the clause entitled Equal

Employment Opportunity of the General Conditions of the Contract

for Construction.

(b) "Segregated facilities," as used in this provision, means any

waiting rooms, work areas, rest rooms and wash rooms, restaurants

and other eating areas, time clocks, locker rooms and other storage or dressing areas, parking lots, drinking fountains, recreation or

entertainment areas, transportation, and housing facilities provided for

employees, that are segregated by explicit directive or are in fact segregated on the basis of race, color, religion, or national origin

because of habit, local custom, or otherwise.

(c) By the submission of this bid, the bidder certifies that it does not

and will not maintain or provide for its employees any segregated

facilities at any of its establishments, and that it does not and will not permit its employees to perform their services at any location under its

control where segregated facilities are maintained. The bidder agrees

that a breach of this certification is a violation of the Equal Employment Opportunity clause in the contract.

(d) The bidder further agrees that (except where it has obtained identical certifications from proposed subcontractors for specific time

periods) prior to entering into subcontracts which exceed $10,000 and

are not exempt from the requirements of the Equal Employment Opportunity clause, it will:

(1) Obtain identical certifications from the proposed

subcontractors;

(2) Retain the certifications in its files; and

(3) Forward the following notice to the proposed

subcontractors (except if the proposed subcontractors have submitted identical certifications for specific time periods):

Notice to Prospective Subcontractors of Requirement for

Certifications of Nonsegregated Facilities

A Certification of Nonsegregated Facilities must be submitted before

the award of a subcontract exceeding $10,000 which is not exempt

from the provisions of the Equal Employment Opportunity clause of the prime contract. The certification may be submitted either for each

subcontract or for all subcontracts during a period (i.e., quarterly,

semiannually, or annually).

Note: The penalty for making false statements in bids is prescribed in

18 U.S.C. 1001.

11. Clean Air and Water Certification (applicable to con-tracts exceeding $100,000)

The bidder certifies that:

(a) Any facility to be used in the performance of this contract [ ] is, [ ] is not listed on the Environmental Protection Agency List of

Violating Facilities:

(b) The bidder will immediately notify the PHA/IHA Contracting

Officer, before award, of the receipt of any communication from the

Administrator, or a designee, of the Environmental Protection Agency, indicating that any facility that the bidder proposes to use for the

performance of the contract is under consideration to be listed on the

EPA List of Violating Facilities; and,

(c) The bidder will include a certification substantially the same as

this certification, including this paragraph (c), in every nonexempt subcontract.

12. Previous Participation Certificate (applicable to construction and equipment contracts exceeding $50,000)

(a) The bidder shall complete and submit with his/her bid the Form

HUD-2530, "Previous Participation Certificate." If the successful

bidder does not submit the certificate with his/her bid, he/she must submit it within three (3) working days of bid opening. Failure to

submit the certificate by that date may render the bid nonresponsive.

No contract award will be made without a properly executed certificate.

(b) A fully executed "Previous Participation Certificate"

[ ] is, [ ] is not included with the bid.

13. Bidder's Signature

The bidder hereby certifies that the information contained in these

certifications and representations is accurate, complete, and current.

_______________________________________________________________

(Signature and Date)

_______________________________________________________________

(Typed or Printed Name)

_______________________________________________________________

(Title)

_______________________________________________________________

(Company Name)

(Company Address)


Form of Bid 00300-1

FORM OF BID

BID FOR: PARTREA BOILERS AND ROOF TOP UNIT REPLACEMENT

SUBMITTED TO: Norfolk Redevelopment and Housing Authority

910 Ballentine Boulevard, Norfolk, Virginia 23504

NAME OF BIDDER: DATE:

ADDRESS:

CONTACT: TITLE:

OFFICE PHONE: FAX:

CELL PHONE: E-MAIL:

WEB SITE:

1. The undersigned, having familiarized (himself)(themselves) (itself) with the existing

conditions of the project area affecting the cost of the work, and with the Contract

Documents which include the Invitation for Bids, Instructions to Bidders, Form of Bid,

Form of Contract (or agreement), form of Non-Collusion Affidavit, Addenda (if any),

General Conditions, Supplemental Conditions, Technical Specifications, and Drawings;

that are on file in the offices of NRHA, hereby proposes to furnish all supervision and

technical personnel, labor, materials and equipment, necessary permits, and transportation

services required to complete the, “PARTREA BOILERS AND ROOF TOP UNIT

REPLACEMENT,” all in accordance with the above listed Documents for all work in

place for the following Lump Sum Total:

LUMP SUM TOTAL ................................................................................... $

NO. OF ADDENDA ACKNOWLEDGED SIGNATURE

PROCEDURE FOR DETERMINING LOWEST BID: The apparent low bidder will be determined by the lowest Lump Sum Total. If the Lump Sum Total exceeds budget limitations, NRHA reserves the right to take action in accordance with Instructions to Bidders for Contracts, HUD-5369, Clause 8 (Specification Section 00100-2). NRHA reserves the right to reject all bids.


Form of Bid 00300-2

2. In submitting these Bids, the Bidder understands that the right is reserved by the Norfolk

Redevelopment and Housing Authority to reject any and all Bids. If written notice of the

acceptance of this Bid is mailed, telegraphed or delivered to the undersigned within forty-five

(45) days after the opening thereof, or at any time thereafter before this Bid is withdrawn, the

undersigned agrees to execute and deliver an Agreement in the prescribed form and furnish the

required bond within ten (10) days after the Agreement is presented to him for signature.

3. Security in the sum of dollars ($ )

in the form of, is submitted herewith in accordance

with the INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS.

4. Attached hereto is an affidavit in proof that the undersigned has not colluded with any person

in respect to this Bid or any other Bid or the submitting of Bids for the Contract for which the

Bid is submitted.

5. The Bidder is prepared to submit a financial and experience statement upon request.

6. Compliance with Immigration Laws: Contractor covenants that he does not and shall not,

during the performance of this contract, knowingly employ an unauthorized alien as defined in

the federal Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986.

7. Certification of Non-Segregated Facilities. The Bidder certifies that he does not maintain or

provide for his employees any segregated facilities at any of his establishments and that he

does not permit his employees to perform their services at any location, under his control,

where segregated facilities are maintained. The bidder certifies further that he will not

maintain or provide for his employees any segregated facilities at any of his establishment, and

that he will not permit his employees to perform their services at any location under his control

where segregated facilities are maintained. The bidder agrees that a breach of this certification

will be a violation of the Equal Opportunity Clause in any contract resulting from acceptance

of this bid. As used in this certification, the term "segregated facilities" means any waiting

rooms, work areas, restrooms and washrooms, restaurants and other eating areas, time clocks,

locker rooms, and other storage or dressing areas, parking lots, drinking fountains, recreation

or entertainment areas, transportation, and housing facilities provided for employees which are

segregated by explicit directive or are in fact segregated on the basis of race, color, religion,

sex or national origin, because of habit, local custom, or otherwise. The bidder agrees that

(except where he has obtained identical certification from proposed subcontractors for specific

time periods) he will obtain identical certifications from proposed subcontractors prior to the

award of subcontracts exceeding $10,000 which are not exempt from the provisions of the

Equal Opportunity Clause, and that he will retain such certifications in his files.

NOTE: The penalty for making false statements in offers is prescribed in 18 U.S.C. pg. 1001.


Form of Bid 00300-3

8. Each Bidder shall include the following information below signature:

Principals - Names, and Home Addresses

(Including City, State and Zip Code)

Firm: Name, Treasury Number, Address, City, State and Zip Code.

DATE: 20

NAME OF BIDDER:

FEDERAL I.D. NUMBER

LICENSED CLASS (A) VIRGINIA CONTRACTOR NUMBER

LICENSED CLASS (B) VIRGINIA CONTRACTOR NUMBER

OFFICIAL ADDRESS:

By

Title

PRINCIPALS: NAME

ADDRESS

NAME

ADDRESS

FIRM: NAME

FEDERAL TAXPAYER ID NUMBER:

ADDRESS


Bid Bond 00410-1

BID BOND (5% OF TOTAL BID)

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we the undersigned,

__________________________________________________________ as PRINCIPAL, and

_________________________________________, as SURETY are held and firmly bound unto

NORFOLK REDEVELOPMENT AND HOUSING AUTHORITY, hereinafter, called the "Local

Public Agency," in the penal sum of

($ ) lawful money of the United States, for the payment of which sum well and

truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns,

jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.

THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that whereas the Principal has submitted

the Accompanying Bid, dated 20 , for

NOW, THEREFORE, if the Principal shall not withdraw said Bid within the period specified

therein after the opening of the same, or, if no period be specified, within forty-five (45) days after

the said opening, and shall within the period specified therefore, or if no period is specified within

ten (10) days after the prescribed forms are presented to him for signature, enter into a written

Contract with the Local Public Agency in accordance with the Bid as accepted, and give bond with

good and sufficient surety or sureties, as may be required, for the faithful performance and proper

fulfillment of such Contract; or in the event of the withdrawal of said Bid within the period

specified or the failure to enter into such Contract and give such bond within the time specified, if

the Principal shall pay the Local Public Agency the difference between the amount specified in said

Bid and the amount of which the Local Public Agency may procure the required work or supplies

or both, if the latter be in excess of the former, then the above obligation shall be void and of no

effect, otherwise to remain in full force and virtue.


Bid Bond 00410-2

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the above-bounded parties have executed this instrument under their

several seals this_______________________ day of ________________, 20 , the name and

corporate seal of each corporate party being hereto affixed and these presents duly signed by its

undersigned representative, pursuant to the authority of its governing body.

IN PRESENCE OF:

Name: (Corporate Seal)

Address:

Attest By: (Corporate Seal)

Address:

Name: (Corporate Seal)

Address:

Attest By: (Corporate Seal)

Address

BONDING COMPANY CONTACT:

Name TITLE

Business Address

City State Zip

Telephone Cell e-mail


Statement of Bidders Qualifications 00420-1

STATEMENT OF BIDDER'S QUALIFICATIONS All questions must be answered and the data given must be clear and comprehensive. This statement must be notarized. If necessary, questions may be answered on separate sheets. The Bidder may submit any additional information he desires.

1. Name of Bidder

2. Permanent main office address and phone number

3. Date organized If a corporation, where incorporated

4. Is this organization a Woman-owned Business YES NO

5. Is this organization a Section 3 Business YES NO

(See Section 00900 for an explanation of Section 3 Business)

6. Is this organization a Minority Business Enterprise YES NO

A “Minority Business Enterprise as defined in HUD Notice PIH 88-11 Paragraph (3) "Minority Business Enterprise" means a business enterprise that is 51 percent or more owned, controlled, and actively operated by one or more persons who are classified as part of a racial or ethnic minority group. Such groups may include, but are not limited to Black Americans, Hispanic Americans, Asian Pacific Americans and Native Americans.

7. How many years have you been engaged in the contracting business under your present firm or trade

name

8. Contracts on hand: (Schedule these, showing gross amounts of each contract and the appropriate

anticipated dates of completion.)

9. General character of work performed by your company?

10. Have you ever failed to complete any work awarded to you?

If so, where and why?

11. Have you ever defaulted on a contract? If so, where and why

12. List the more important projects recently completed by your company, stating the approximate gross

cost for each, and the month and year completed

13. List your major equipment available for this Contract


Statement of Bidders Qualifications 00420-2

14. Experience in construction work similar in importance to this project

15. Background and experience of the principal members of your organization including the officers.

16. Credit available: ...................................................................................................... $

17. Please give bank reference

18. Will you, upon request, fill out a detailed financial statement and furnish any requested information

that may be required by the Norfolk Redevelopment and Housing Authority?

19. The undersigned hereby authorizes and requests any person, firm, or corporation to furnish any

information requested by the Norfolk Redevelopment and Housing Authority in verification of the

recitals comprising this Statement of Bidder's Qualifications.

20. Registration Number and State in which registered

Dated at this day of 20 .

By Title

State of ( )

County/City of ( )

being duly sworn deposes and says that

he/she is

of

and that the answers to the following questions and all statements therein contained are true and correct.

Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of 20 .

Notary Public

My Commission expires


Non-Collusion Affidavit 00480-1

AFFIDAVIT

NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT OF PRIME BIDDER

State of County/City of .

, being first duly sworn, deposes and says

that:

(1) He is of

the bidder that has submitted the attached bid;

(2) He is fully informed respecting the preparation and contents of the attached Bid and of all

pertinent circumstances respecting such Bid;

(3) Such Bid is genuine and is not a collusive or sham Bid;

(4) Neither the said Bidder nor any of its officers, partners, owners, agents, representatives,

employees or parties in interest, including this affiant, has in any way colluded, conspired,

connived or agreed, directly or indirectly with any other Bidder, firm or person to submit a

collusive or sham Bid in connection with the Contract for which the attached Bid has been

submitted or to refrain from bidding in connection with such Contract, or has in any

manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement or collusion or communication or

conference with any other Bidder, firm or person to fix the price or prices in the attached

Bid or of any other Bidder, or to fix any overhead, profit or cost element of the bid price or

the bid price of any other Bidder, or to secure through any collusion, conspiracy,

connivance or unlawful agreement any advantage against the Norfolk Redevelopment and

Housing Authority or any person interested in the proposed Contract; and,

(5) The Price or prices quoted in the attached Bid are fair and proper and are not tainted by any

collusion, conspiracy, connivance or unlawful agreement on the part of the Bidder or any

of its agents, representatives, owners, employees, or parties in interest, including this

affiant.

NAME: (Print or Type)

TITLE: (Signature)

Date

Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of , 20

My commission expires


Certificate of Compliance 00481-1

CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE - SECTION 3

Certification of Compliance with Regulations to Section 3 of Housing and Urban Development

Act of 1968 as required for participation in (name of project)

PURPOSE, AUTHORITY AND RESPONSIBILITY

Section 3 of the Housing and Urban Development Act of 1968, as amended, 12 U. S. C., 1731u (hereinafter

Section 3) requires that to the greatest extent feasible, employment and other economic opportunities

generated by HUD assistance or HUD-assisted projects covered by Section 3, shall be directed to low-

income and very low-income persons, particularly persons who are recipients of HUD assistance for

housing.

(hereinafter called the Company), CERTIFIES that upon

being awarded a contract to

in the municipality of the City of Norfolk, Virginia, that

the Company:

a) is under no contractual or other impediment that would prevent it from complying with

requirements of Section 3 as set forth in 24 CFR part 135; and

b) will comply with HUD's regulations in 24 CFR Part 135; and

c) will send to each labor organization or representative of workers with which the Company has a

collective bargaining agreement or other understanding, a notice advising the labor organization or

the representative or workers of the Company's commitments under Section 3; and

d) will include this Section 3 Certification of Compliance in every subcontract subject to compliance

with the regulations found in 24 CR Part 135 and further agrees to take the appropriate action

pursuant to those regulations in the event the subcontractor is found to be in violation of 24 CFR

Part 135; and

e) will not subcontract with any subcontractor where the Company has notice or knowledge that the

subcontractor has been found in violation of any provision of 24 CFR Part 135; and

f) will not fill any vacant employment positions, including training positions, (1) after the Company

is selected but before the contract is executed, and (2) with persons other than those to who the

regulations in 24 CFR Part 135 require employment opportunities to be directed, in order to

circumvent the Company's obligations under 24 CFR Part 135; and

g) will, to the extent feasible, make a good faith effort to utilize the services of businesses located in

or substantially owned by persons who live within the project boundaries.

Company Name Name and Title

Signature Date


Certificate Regarding Debarment 00482-1

CERTIFICATION REGARDING DEBARMENT,

SUSPENSION, PROPOSED DEBARMENT

I. The officer certifies, to the best of its knowledge and belief that:

A. The offeror and/or any of its Principals:

1. Are Are not presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, or declared

ineligible for the award of contracts by any agency using Federal funds:

2. Have have not , within a three-year period preceding this offer, been convicted of or had a

civil judgment rendered against them for: commission of fraud or a criminal offense in connection with

obtaining, attempting to obtain, or performing a public (Federal, state, or local) contract or subcontract;

violation of Federal or state antitrust statutes relating to the submission of offers; or commission of

embezzlement, theft, forgery, bribery, falsification or destruction of records, making false statements, or

receiving stolen property; and

3. Are Are not presently indicted for, or otherwise criminally or civilly charged by a

government entity with, commission of any of the offenses enumerated above.

B. The Officer has has not , within a three-year period preceding this offer, had one or more

contracts terminated for default by any Federal, state, or local agency.

II. “Principals,” for the purposes of this certification, means officers; directors; owners; partners; and, persons having

primary management or supervisory responsibilities within a business entity (e.g., general manager; plant manager; head

of a subsidiary, division, or business segment, and similar positions).

THIS CERTIFICATION CONCERNS A MATTER WITHIN THE JURISDICTION OF ANY AGENCY OF THE

UNITED STATES AND THE MAKING OF A FALSE, FICTITIOUS, OR FRAUDULENT CERTIFICATION MAY

RENDER THE MAKER SUBJECT TO PROSECUTION UNDER SECTION 1001, TITLE 18, UNITED STATES

CODE.

A. The Offeror shall provide immediate written notice to the Contracting Officer if, at any time prior to contract award,

the Offeror learns that its certification was erroneous when submitted or has become erroneous by reason of changed

circumstances.

B. A certification that any of the items in Section I of this provision exists will not necessarily result in withholding

award under this proposal. However, the certification will be considered in connection with a determination of the

Offeror’s responsibility. Failure of the Offeror to furnish a certification or provide such additional information as

requested by the Contracting Officer may render the Offeror nonresponsive.

C. Nothing contained in the foregoing shall be construed to require establishment of a system of records in order to

render, in good faith, the certification required by Section I of this provision. The knowledge and information of an

Offeror are not required to exceed that which is normally possessed by a prudent person in the ordinary course of

business dealings.

D. The certification in Section I of this provision is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed

when making award. If it is later determined that the Offeror knowingly rendered an erroneous certification, in

addition to other remedies available to NRHA, the Contracting Office may terminate the contracting resulting from

this proposal for default.

Company Name

Name and Title

Signature Date


Sample Contract 00500-1

SAMPLE CONTRACT AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT, made this day of , 20 , by and

between , (a corporation organized

and existing under the laws of the state of Virginia), hereinafter called the "Contractor," and

Norfolk Redevelopment and Housing Authority, hereinafter called the "LHA".

WITNESSETH, that the Contractor and the LHA, for the considerations stated herein, mutually

agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1. Statement of Work: The Contractor shall furnish all supervision, labor, materials,

equipment, technical personnel and services, including utility and transportation services, to

perform and complete all work necessary to provide “Partrea Boilers and Roof Top Unit

Replacement.”

The construction work is defined by the Contract Documents.

In these Contract Documents, the Capital Fund Director or a duly authorized representative of the

LHA, shall be referred to as the "Contracting Officer."

ARTICLE 2. The Contract Price: The LHA will pay the Contractor for the performance of the

Contract in current funds the Bid Price of

and 00/100 DOLLARS, ($ ) for the complete work performed as a lump sum

bid, subject to the additions and deductions as provided in Paragraph 29, "CHANGES,"

GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS – PUBLIC HOUSING

PROGRAMS

ARTICLE 3 Contract: The executed Contract Documents shall consist of the following:

a. This Agreement

b. Addenda

c. Invitation for Bids

d. Instructions to Bidders

e. Representations, Certifications, & other Statements of Bidders

f. Signed Copy of Form of Bid

g. Non-Collusion Affidavit

h. Certificate of Compliance – Section 3

i. Section 3 Appendix (Section 00900-1 through 00900-12)

j. General Conditions for Construction – Public Housing Programs

k. Supplemental Conditions

l. Technical Specifications

m. Drawings (as listed in the Schedule of Drawings)

n. Davis Bacon Wage Decision


Sample Contract 00500-2

This Agreement, together with other documents enumerated in this ARTICLE 3, which said other

documents are as fully a part of the Contract as if hereto attached or herein repeated, forms the

Contract between the parties hereto. In the event that any provision in any component part of this

Contract conflicts with any provision of any other component part, the provision of the

component part first enumerated in this ARTICLE 3 shall govern, except as otherwise

specifically stated.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this AGREEMENT to be executed in

four (4) original copies on the day and year above written.

CONTRACTOR

BY:

TITLE:

STREET:

CITY:

NORFOLK REDEVELOPMENT

AND HOUSING AUTHORITY

BY:

TITLE

CERTIFICATIONS:

I, certify that I am the of the

company named as Contractor herein; that who

signed this agreement on behalf of the Contractor, was the of

said company/corporation; that said agreement was duly signed for and in behalf of said

company/corporation by authority of its governing body, and is within the scope of its corporate

powers.

SIGNATURE

DATE


Section 3 & Other Workplace Clauses 00600-1

SECTION 3 REQUIREMENTS

AND OTHER WORKPLACE CLAUSES

Sec 4.1 – SECTION 3 CLAUSE

A. The work to be performed under this contract is subject to the requirements of section 3 of

the Housing and Urban Development Act of 1968, as amended, 12 U.S.C. 1701u (section

3). The purpose of section 3 is to ensure that employment and other economic

opportunities generated by HUD assistance or HUD-assisted projects covered by section 3,

shall, to the greatest extent feasible, be directed to low- and very low-income persons,

particularly persons who are recipients of HUD assistance for housing.

B. The parties to this contract agree to comply with HUD's regulations in 24CFR part 135,

which implement section 3. As evidenced by their execution of this contract, the parties to

this contract certify that they are under no contractual or other impediment that would

prevent them from complying with the part 135 regulations.

C. The contractor agrees to send to each labor organization or representative of workers with

which the contractor has a collective bargaining agreement or other understanding, if any,

a notice advertising the labor organization or workers representative of the contractors

commitments under this section 3 clause, and will post copies of the notice in conspicuous

places at the work site where both employees and applicants for training and employment

positions can see the notice. The notice shall describe the section 3 preference, shall set

forth minimum number and job titles subject to hire, availability of apprenticeship and

training positions, the qualifications for each; and the name and location of the person(s)

taking applications for each of the positions; and the anticipated date the work shall begin.

D. The contractor agrees to include this section 3 clause in every subcontract subject to

compliance with regulations in 24 CFR part 135, and agrees to take appropriate action, as

provided in an applicable provision of the subcontract or in this section 3 clause, upon a

finding that the subcontractor is in violation of the regulations in 24 CFR part 135. The

contractor will not subcontract with any subcontractor where the contractor has notice or

knowledge that the subcontractor has been found in violation of the regulations in 24 CFR

part

E. The contractor will certify that any vacant employment positions, including training

positions, that are filled (1) after the contractor is selected but before the contract is

executed, and (2) with persons other than those to whom the regulations of 24 CFR part

135 require employment opportunities to be directed, were not filled to circumvent the

contractors obligations under 24 CFR part 135.



F. Noncompliance with HUD's regulations in 24 CFR part 135 may result in sanctions,

termination of this contract for default, and debarment or suspension from future HUD

assisted contracts.

G. Pursuant to 24 CFR 905.170(b), compliance with Section 3 requirements shall be to the

maximum extent consistent with, but not in derogation of compliance with section 7(b) of

the Indian Self-Determination and Education Assistance, 25 U.S.C. section 450e(b) when

this law is applicable.

Sec. 4.2 - PURPOSE AND SCOPE

The regulations set forth in Part 24 CFR Part 135 contain the procedures established by the

Secretary of Housing and Urban Development for carrying out the responsibilities under Section 3

of the Housing and Urban Development Act of 1968, 12.U.S.C. 170lu.

Sec. 4.3 – DEFINITIONS

“Section 3 covered project” means any nonexempt project assisted by any program administered

by the Secretary in which loans, grants, subsidies, or other financial assistance are provided in aid

of housing, urban planning, development, redevelopment or renewal, public or community

facilities, and new community development, except as provided under Title 24, Part 135, Section

135.5, para. (M).

Sec. 4.4 – ASSURANCE OF COMPLIANCE

Every contractor and subcontractor shall incorporate, or cause to be incorporated, in all contracts

for work in connection with a Section 3 covered project, the following clauses:

A. Clause 40 of General Conditions to the Contract for Construction (HUD-5370 4/2002).

Sec. 4.5 – CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE

The contractor shall execute the Certificate of Compliance and cause all subcontractors

undertaking work in connection with this contract to furnish the same. Contractor shall execute

Certificate of Compliance (shown in Section 00481) and submit with bid.

Sec 4.6 –SAMPLE SECTION 3 DOCUMENTATION

See Section 00900 for samples of Section 3 documentation that contractor will be required to

use if awarded this contract. Upon award of the contract, contractor with the assistance of

NRHA will develop a Section 3 Work Plan.



OTHER WORKPLACE CLAUSES

Sec. 4.7– DRUG-FREE WORKPLACE

During the performance of this contract, the contractor agrees to (i) provide a drug-free workplace

for the contractor’s employees; (ii) post in conspicuous places, available to employees and

applicants for employment, a statement notifying employees that the unlawful manufacture, sale,

distribution, dispensation, possession, or use of a controlled substance or marijuana is prohibited

in the contractor’s workplace and specifying the actions that will be taken against the employees

for violations of such prohibitions; (iii) state in all solicitations or advertisements for employees

placed by or on behalf of the contractor that the contractor maintains a drug-free workplace; and

(iv) include the provisions of the foregoing clauses in every subcontract or purchase order of over

$10,000., so that the provisions will be binding upon each subcontractor or vendor.

For the purpose of this provision, “drug-free workplace” means a site for the performance of work

done in connection with a specific contract awarded to a contractor in accordance with this

chapter, the employees of whom are prohibited from engaging in the unlawful manufacture, sale,

distribution, dispensation, possession or use of any controlled substance or marijuana during the

performance of the contract.

SEC 4.8 - EMPLOYMENT DISCRIMINATION BY CONTRACTOR PROHIBITED.

All contracts shall include in every contract over $10,000. The Provisions listed herein:

During the performance of this contract, the contractor agrees as follows:

The contractor will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of

race, religion, color, sex, national origin, age, disability, or any other basis prohibited by state law

relating to discrimination in employment, except where there is a bona fide occupational

qualification reasonably necessary to the normal operation of the contractor. The contractor

agrees to post in conspicuous places, available to employees and applicants for employment,

notices setting forth the provisions of this nondiscrimination clause.

The contractor, in all solicitation or advertisements for employees placed by or on behalf of the

contractor, will state that such contractor is an equal opportunity employer. Notices,

advertisements, and solicitations placed in accordance with federal law, rule or regulation shall be

deemed sufficient for the purpose of meeting the requirements of this section.

The contractor will include the provisions of the foregoing paragraphs in every subcontract or

purchase order of over $10,000. So that the provisions will be binding upon each subcontractor or

vendor.


Performance Bond 00610-1

PERFORMANCE BOND (100% BOND REQUIRED)

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we as Principal, and

as Surety are held and firmly bound unto the Norfolk

Redevelopment and Housing Authority (the "Obligee"), its attorneys, successors, or assigns,

in the penal sum of Dollars ($ ),

for the payment whereof Principal and Surety bind themselves, their heirs, administrators,

executors, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.

WHEREAS, Principal has entered into a certain contract with Obligee, dated (the “Contract") for which Contract and the specifications for said work shall be deemed a part hereof as fully as if set out herein. NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such, that if the Principal shall faithfully perform the Contract at the time and in the manner therein provided and satisfy all claims and demands incurred in or for the same, or growing out of the same, or for injury or damages to persons or property in the performance thereof, and shall fully indemnify and save harmless the Obligee for any damage the Obligee may suffer by reason of failure to do so, and shall fully reimburse and repay the Obligee any expense which it may incur by reason of any default, then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect. The Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract or to the work to be performed thereunder or the specifications accompanying the same shall in any way affect its obligations on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract or to the work or to the specifications. Whenever the Principal shall be, and declared by the Obligee to be, in default under the Contract, the Surety may promptly remedy the default; or shall promptly 1. Complete the Contract in accordance with its terms and conditions; or 2. Obtain a bid or bids for completing the Contract in accordance with its terms and

conditions, and upon determination by Surety of the lowest responsible bidder, or if the Obligee elects, upon determination by the Obligee and the Surety jointly of the lowest responsible bidder, arrange for a contract between such bidder and make available as work progresses (even though there may be a default or a succession of defaults under the contract or contracts of completion arranged under this paragraph) sufficient funds to pay the cost of completion less the balance of the contract price, but not exceeding, including other costs and damages for which the Surety may be liable hereunder, the amount set forth in the first paragraph hereof. The term "balance of the contract price," as used in this paragraph, shall mean the total amount payable by Obligee to the Principal under the Contract and any amendments thereto, less the amount properly paid by the Obligee to the Principal.



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the above bound parties have executed this instrument under

their several seals this day of , 20 , the name and

corporate seal of each corporate party being hereto affirmed and these presents duly signed

by its undersigned representative pursuant to authority of its governing body.

(INDIVIDUAL PRINCIPALS SIGN HERE)

In the presence of:

(SEAL)

Individual Principal

Business Address

In the presence of:

(SEAL)

Individual Principal

Business Address

(CORPORATE PRINCIPALS SIGN HERE)

In the presence of:

Corporate Principal

AFFIX CORPORATE

SEAL

Business Address

BY BY TITLE TITLE



(SURETY SIGN HERE)

CORPORATE SURETY

BUSINESS ADDRESS

BY BY TITLE TITLE

CERTIFICATE AS TO CORPORATE PRINCIPAL

I, certify that I am the secretary of the

corporation named as Principal in the within bond; that

who signed the said bond on behalf of the principal was then

of said corporation that I know his signature thereto is genuine; and that said bond was duly

signed, sealed and attested for and in behalf of said corporation; that I know his signature,

sealed and attested for and in behalf of said corporation by authority of its governing body.

DATE SECRETARY

The rate of premium on this bond is $ per thousand.

Total amount of premium charged is $ .


Name TITLE

Business Address

City State Zip



Payment Bond 00620-1

PAYMENT BOND (100% BOND REQUIRED)

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we,

as Principal, and as Surety, are held and firmly

bound unto the Norfolk Redevelopment and Housing Authority of the City of Norfolk,

Virginia, in the penal sum of

00/100 Dollars ($ ) for the payment of which sum

well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executor, administrators, and

successors, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.

The Condition of this obligation is such, that whereas the principal entered into a certain

contract, hereto attached, with the Norfolk Redevelopment and Housing Authority of the City

of Norfolk, Virginia dated 20 , for

.

Now, therefore, if the principal shall promptly make payment to all persons supplying labor and

material in the prosecution of the work provided for in said contract, and any and all duly

authorized modifications of said contract that may hereafter be made, notice of which

modifications to the surety being hereby waived, then this obligation to be void; otherwise to

remain in full force and virtue.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the above bounded parties have executed this instrument under

several seals this day of , 20 , in the name and corporate seal of

each corporate party being hereto affixed and these presents duly signed by its undersigned

representative, pursuant to authority of its governing body.

In the presence of: SEAL

(Individual Principal)

(Address) (Business Address)

SEAL


(Address) SEAL


(Address)


Payment Bond 00620-2

ATTEST: (Corporate Principal)

(Business Address)

By (AFFIX CORPORATE SEAL)

ATTEST: (Corporate Principal)

(Business Address)

By (AFFIX CORPORATE SEAL)

The rate of premium on this bond is ..........................................$ per thousand.

Total amount of premium charged .............................................$

(THE ABOVE MUST BE FILLED IN BY CORPORATE SURETY)

CERTIFICATE AS TO CORPORATE PRINCIPAL

I, certify that I am the

of the Corporation named as principal in the within bond, that

who signed the said bond on behalf of the Principal was then

of said corporation, that I know his signature thereto is genuine and that said bond was duly

signed, sealed and attested to, for and in behalf of said corporation by authority of its governing

body.

Corporate Seal


Name TITLE

Business Address

City State Zip



[Previous editions are obsolete 00700-1 form HUD-5370 (11/2006) Replaces form HUD 5370-A ref Handbooks 7417.1 & 7485.3G

The form is used by Housing Authorities in solicitations to provide necessary contract clauses. If the form were not used, HAs would be unable to enforce their contracts. Public reporting burden for this collection of information is estimated to average 1.0 hours per response, including the time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintaining the data needed, and completing and reviewing the collection of information. Responses to the collection of information are required to obtain a benefit or to retain a benefit. The information requested does not lend itself to confidentiality. HUD may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB number.

General Conditions for Construction

Contracts - Public Housing Programs

U.S. Department of Housing and Urban

Development Office of Public and Indian Housing

OMB Approval No. 2577-0157 (exp. 01/31/2014)

Applicability: This form is applicable to any Construction/development contract greater than $100,000.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Clause Page Clause Page

1. Definitions 2 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS

2. Contractor’s Responsibility for Work 2 25. Contract Period 8

3. Architect’s Duties,

Responsibilities and Authority 3 26. Order of Provisions 8

4. Other Contracts 3 27. Payments 8

CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS 28. Contract Modifications 9

5.

Preconstruction Conference and Notice to

Proceed 3 29. Changes 10

6. Construction Progress Schedule 3 30. Suspension of Work 10

7.

Site Investigation and Conditions Affecting the

Work 3 31. Disputes 11

8. Differing Site Conditions 4 32. Default 11

9. Specifications and Drawings for Construction 4 33. Liquidated Damages 11

10. As-Built Drawings 5 34. Termination for Convenience 11

11. Material and Workmanship 5 35. Assignment of Contract 12

12. Permits and Codes 5 36. Insurance 12

13. Health, Safety, and Accident Prevention 6 37. Subcontracts 12

14. Temporary Heating 6 38.

Subcontracting with Small and Minority Firms,

Women’s Business Enterprise, and Labor Surplus

Area Firms 12

15. Availability and Use of Utility Services 6 39. Equal Employment Opportunity 13

16.

Protection of Existing Vegetation, Structures,

Equipment, Utilities, and Improvements

6 40.

Employment, Training, and Contracting

Opportunities for Low-Income Persons, Section 3 of

the Housing and Urban Development Act of 1968 13

17.

Temporary Buildings and Transportation

Materials 7 41. Interest of Members of Congress 14

18. Clean Air and Water 7 42.

Interest of Members, Officers, or Employees and

Former Members, Officers, or Employees 14

19. Energy Efficiency 7 43. Limitations on Payments Made to Influence Certain

Federal Financial Transactions 14

20. Inspection and Acceptance of Construction 7 44. Royalties and Patents 14

21. Use and Possession Prior to Completion 8 45. Examination and Retention of Contractor’s Records 14

22. Warranty of Title 8 46. Labor Standards-Davis-Bacon and Related Acts 14

23. Warranty of Construction 8 47. Non-Federal Prevailing Wage Rates 17

24. Prohibition Against Liens 8 48. Procurement of Recovered Materials 17



1. Definitions

(a) Architect” means the person or other entity engaged by the PHA to

perform architectural, engineering, design, and other services

related to the work as provided for in the contract. When a PHA

uses an engineer to act in this capacity, the terms “architect” and

“engineer” shall be synonymous. The Architect shall serve as a

technical representative of the Contracting Officer. The Architect’s

authority is as set forth elsewhere in this contract.

(b) Contract” means the contract entered into between the PHA and the

Contractor. It includes the forms of Bid, the Bid Bond, the

Performance and Payment Bond or Bonds or other assurance of

completion, the Certifications, Representations, and Other

Statements of Bidders (form HUD-5370), these General Conditions

of the Contract for Construction (form HUD-5370), the applicable

wage rate determinations from the U.S. Department of Labor, any

special conditions included elsewhere in the contract, the

specifications, and drawings. It includes all formal changes to any

of those documents by addendum, change order, or other

modification.

(c) Contracting Officer” means the person delegated the au-thority by

the PHA to enter into, administer, and/or terminate this contract

and designated as such in writing to the Contractor. The term

includes any successor Contracting Officer and any duly authorized

representative of the Contracting Officer also designated in writing.

The Contracting Officer shall be deemed the authorized agent of

the PHA in all dealings with the Contractor.

(d) Contractor” means the person or other entity entering into the

contract with the PHA to perform all of the work required under the

contract.

(e) Drawings” means the drawings enumerated in the schedule of

drawings contained in the Specifications and as described in the

contract clause entitled Specifications and Drawings for

Construction herein.

(f) HUD” means the United States of America acting through the

Department of Housing and Urban Development including the

Secretary, or any other person designated to act on its behalf. HUD

has agreed, subject to the provisions of an Annual Contributions

Contract (ACC), to provide financial assistance to the PHA, which

includes assistance in financing the work to be performed under

this contract. As defined elsewhere in these General Conditions or

the contract documents, the determination of HUD may be required

to authorize changes in the work or for release of funds to the PHA

for payment to the Contractor. Notwithstanding HUD’s role,

nothing in this contract shall be construed to create any contractual

relationship between the Contractor and HUD.

(g) “Project” means the entire project, whether construction or

rehabilitation, the work for which is provided for in whole or in

part under this contract.

(h) PHA” means the Public Housing Agency organized under

applicable state laws which is a party to this contract.

(i) “Specifications” means the written description of the technical

requirements for construction and includes the criteria and tests for

determining whether the requirements are met.

(j) “Work” means materials, workmanship, and manufacture and

fabrication of components.

2. Contractor’s Responsibility for Work

(a) The Contractor shall furnish all necessary labor, materials, tools,

equipment, and transportation necessary for performance of the

work. The Contractor shall also furnish all necessary water, heat,

light, and power not made available to the Contractor by the PHA

pursuant to the clause entitled Availability and Use of Utility

Services herein.

(b) The Contractor shall perform on the site, and with its own

organization, work equivalent to at least 80 percent of the total

amount of work to be performed under the order. This percentage

may be reduced by a supplemental agreement to this order if,

during performing the work, the Contractor requests a reduction

and the Contracting Officer determines that the reduction would be

to the advantage of the PHA.

(c) At all times during performance of this contract and until the work

is completed and accepted, the Contractor shall directly superintend

the work or assign and have on the work site a competent

superintendent who is satisfactory to the Contracting Officer and

has authority to act for the Contractor.

(d) The Contractor shall be responsible for all damages to persons or

property that occur as a result of the Contractor’s fault or

negligence, and shall take proper safety and health precautions to

protect the work, the workers, the public, and the property of

others. The Contractor shall hold and save the PHA, its officers and

agents, free and harmless from liability of any nature occasioned by

the Contractor’s performance. The Contractor shall also be

responsible for all materials delivered and work performed until

completion and acceptance of the entire work, except for any

completed unit of work which may have been accepted under the

contract.

(e) The Contractor shall lay out the work from base lines and bench

marks indicated on the drawings and be responsible for all lines,

levels, and measurements of all work executed under the contract.

The Contractor shall verify the figures before laying out the work

and will be held responsible for any error resulting from its failure

to do so.

(f) The Contractor shall confine all operations (including storage of

materials) on PHA premises to areas authorized or approved by the

Contracting Officer.

(g) The Contractor shall at all times keep the work area, including

storage areas, free from accumulations of waste materials. After

completing the work and before final inspection, the Contractor

shall (1) remove from the premises all scaffolding, equipment,

tools, and materials (including rejected materials) that are not the

property of the PHA and all rubbish caused by its work; (2) leave

the work area in a clean, neat, and orderly condition satisfactory to

the Contracting Officer; (3) perform all specified tests; and, (4)

deliver the installation in complete and operating condition.

(h) The Contractor’s responsibility will terminate when all work has

been completed, the final inspection made, and the work accepted

by the Contracting Officer. The Contractor will then be released

from further obligation except as required by the warranties

specified elsewhere in the contract.



3. Architect’s Duties, Responsibilities, and Authority

(a) The Architect for this contract, and any successor, shall be

designated in writing by the Contracting Officer.

(b) The Architect shall serve as the Contracting Officer’s technical

representative with respect to architectural, engineering, and design

matters related to the work performed under the contract. The

Architect may provide direction on contract performance. Such

direction shall be within the scope of the contract and may not be of

a nature which: (1) institutes additional work outside the scope of

the contract; (2) constitutes a change as defined in the Changes

clause herein; (3) causes an increase or decrease in the cost of the

contract; (4) alters the Construction Progress Schedule; or (5)

changes any of the other express terms or conditions of the

contract.

(c) The Architect’s duties and responsibilities may include but shall

not be limited to:

(1) Making periodic visits to the work site, and on the basis of

his/her on-site inspections, issuing written reports to the PHA

which shall include all observed deficiencies. The Architect

shall file a copy of the report with the Contractor’s designated

representative at the site;

(2) Making modifications in drawings and technical specifications

and assisting the Contracting Officer in the preparation of

change orders and other contract modifications for issuance by

the Contracting Officer;

(3) Reviewing and making recommendations with respect to - (i)

the Contractor’s construction progress schedules; (ii) the

Contractor’s shop and detailed drawings; (iii) the machinery,

mechanical and other equipment and materials or other articles

proposed for use by the Contractor; and, (iv) the Contractor’s

price breakdown and progress payment estimates; and,

(4) Assisting in inspections, signing Certificates of Completion,

and making recommendations with respect to acceptance of

work completed under the contract.

4. Other Contracts

The PHA may undertake or award other contracts for additional

work at or near the site of the work under this contract. The

Contractor shall fully cooperate with the other contractors and with

PHA employees and shall carefully adapt scheduling and

performing the work under this contract to accommodate the

additional work, heeding any direction that may be provided by the

Contracting Officer. The Contractor shall not commit or permit any

act that will interfere with the performance of work by any other

contractor or by PHA employees

CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS

5. Pre-construction Conference and Notice to Proceed

(a) Within ten calendar days of contract execution, and prior to the

commencement of work, the Contractor shall attend a

preconstruction conference with representatives of the PHA, its

Architect, and other interested parties convened by the PHA. The

conference will serve to acquaint the participants with the general

plan of the construction operation and all other requirements of the

contract. The PHA will provide the Contractor with the date, time,

and place of the conference.

(b) The contractor shall begin work upon receipt of a written Notice to

Proceed from the Contracting Officer or designee. The Contractor

shall not begin work prior to receiving such notice.

6. Construction Progress Schedule

(a) The Contractor shall, within five days after the work commences

on the contract or another period of time determined by the

Contracting Officer, prepare and submit to the Contracting Officer

for approval three copies of a practicable schedule showing the

order in which the Contractor proposes to perform the work, and

the dates on which the Contractor contemplates starting and

completing the several salient features of the work (including

acquiring labor, materials, and equipment). The schedule shall be in

the form of a progress chart of suitable scale to indicate

appropriately the percentage of work scheduled for completion by

any given date during the period. If the Contractor fails to submit a

schedule within the time prescribed, the Contracting Officer may

withhold approval of progress payments or take other remedies

under the contract until the Contractor submits the required

schedule.

(b) The Contractor shall enter the actual progress on the chart as

required by the Contracting Officer, and immediately deliver three

copies of the annotated schedule to the Contracting Officer. If the

Contracting Officer determines, upon the basis of inspection

conducted pursuant to the clause entitled Inspection and

Acceptance of Construction, herein that the Contractor is not

meeting the approved schedule, the Contractor shall take steps

necessary to improve its progress, including those that may be

required by the Contracting Officer, without additional cost to the

PHA. In this circumstance, the Contracting Officer may require the

Contractor to increase the number of shifts, overtime operations,

days of work, and/or the amount of construction plant, and to

submit for approval any supplementary schedule or schedules in

chart form as the Contracting Officer deems necessary to

demonstrate how the approved rate of progress will be regained.

(c) Failure of the Contractor to comply with the requirements of the

Contracting Officer under this clause shall be grounds for a

determination by the Contracting Officer that the Contractor is not

prosecuting the work with sufficient diligence to ensure completion

within the time specified in the Contract. Upon making this

determination, the Contracting Officer may terminate the

Contractor’s right to proceed with the work, or any separable part

of it, in accordance with the Default clause of this contract.

7. Site Investigation and Conditions Affecting the Work

(a) The Contractor acknowledges that it has taken steps reasonably

necessary to ascertain the nature and location of the work, and that

it has investigated and satisfied itself as to the general and local

conditions which can affect the work or its cost, including but not

limited to, (1) conditions bearing upon transportation, disposal,

handling, and storage of materials; (2) the availability of labor,

water, electric power, and roads;(3) uncertainties of weather, river

stages, tides, or similar physical conditions at the site; (4) the

conformation and conditions of the ground; and (5) the character of

equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and during work

performance. The Contractor also acknowledges that it has satisfied

itself as to the character, quality, and quantity of surface and

subsurface materials or obstacles to be encountered insofar as this

information is reasonably ascertainable from an inspection of the

site, including all exploratory work done by the PHA, as well as

from the drawings and specifications made a part of this contract.

Any failure of the Contractor to take the actions described and

acknowledged in this paragraph will not relieve the Contractor



from responsibility for estimating properly the difficulty and cost of

successfully performing the work, or for proceeding to successfully

perform the work without additional expense to the PHA.

(b) The PHA assumes no responsibility for any conclusions or

interpretations made by the Contractor based on the information

made available by the PHA. Nor does the PHA assume

responsibility for any understanding reached or representation

made concerning conditions which can affect the work by any of its

officers or agents before the execution of this contract, unless that

understanding or representation is expressly stated in this contract.

8. Differing Site Conditions

(a) The Contractor shall promptly, and before the conditions are

disturbed, give a written notice to the Contracting Officer of (1)

subsurface or latent physical conditions at the site which differ

materially from those indicated in this contract, or (2) unknown

physical conditions at the site(s), of an unusual nature, which differ

materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally

recognized as inhering in work of the character provided for in the

contract.

(b) The Contracting Officer shall investigate the site conditions

promptly after receiving the notice. Work shall not proceed at the

affected site, except at the Contractor’s risk, until the Contracting

Officer has provided written instructions to the Contractor. If the

conditions do materially so differ and cause an increase or decrease

in the Contractor’s cost of, or the time required for, performing any

part of the work under this contract, whether or not changed as a

result of the conditions, the Contractor shall file a claim in writing

to the PHA within ten days after receipt of such instructions and, in

any event, before proceeding with the work. An equitable

adjustment in the contract price, the delivery schedule, or both shall

be made under this clause and the contract modified in writing

accordingly.

(c) No request by the Contractor for an equitable adjustment to the

contract under this clause shall be allowed, unless the Contractor

has given the written notice required; provided, that the time

prescribed in (a) above for giving written notice may be extended

by the Contracting Officer.

(d) No request by the Contractor for an equitable adjustment to the

contract for differing site conditions shall be allowed if made after

final payment under this contract.

9. Specifications and Drawings for Construction

(a) The Contractor shall keep on the work site a copy of the drawings

and specifications and shall at all times give the Contracting Officer

access thereto. Anything mentioned in the specifications and not

shown on the drawings, or shown on the drawings and not

mentioned in the specifications, shall be of like effect as if shown or

mentioned in both. In case of difference between drawings and

specifications, the specifications shall govern. In case of discrepancy

in the figures, in the drawings, or in the specifications, the matter

shall be promptly submitted to the Contracting Officer, who shall

promptly make a determination in writing. Any adjustment by the

Contractor without such a determination shall be at its own risk and

expense. The Contracting Officer shall furnish from time to time

such detailed drawings and other information as considered

necessary, unless otherwise provided.

(b) Wherever in the specifications or upon the drawings the words

“directed”, “required”, “ordered”, “designated”, “prescribed”, or

words of like import are used, it shall be understood that the

“direction”, “requirement”, “order”, “designation”, or

“prescription”, of the Contracting Officer is intended and similarly

the words “approved”, “acceptable”, “satisfactory”, or words of

like import shall mean “approved by”, or “acceptable to”, or

“satisfactory to” the Contracting Officer, unless otherwise

expressly stated.

(c) Where “as shown”, “as indicated”, “as detailed”, or words of

similar import are used, it shall be understood that the reference is

made to the drawings accompanying this contract unless stated

otherwise. The word “provided” as used herein shall be understood

to mean “provide complete in place” that is “furnished and

installed”.

(d) “Shop drawings” means drawings, submitted to the PHA by the

Contractor, subcontractor, or any lower tier subcontractor, showing

in detail (1) the proposed fabrication and assembly of structural

elements and (2) the installation (i.e., form, fit, and attachment

details) of materials of equipment. It includes drawings, diagrams,

layouts, schematics, descriptive literature, illustrations, schedules,

performance and test data, and similar materials furnished by the

Contractor to explain in detail specific portions of the work

required by the contract. The PHA may duplicate, use, and disclose

in any manner and for any purpose shop drawings delivered under

this contract.

(e) If this contract requires shop drawings, the Contractor shall

coordinate all such drawings, and review them for accuracy,

completeness, and compliance with other contract requirements and

shall indicate its approval thereon as evidence of such coordination

and review. Shop drawings submitted to the Contracting Officer

without evidence of the Contractor’s approval may be returned for

resubmission. The Contracting Officer will indicate an approval or

disapproval of the shop drawings and if not approved as submitted

shall indicate the PHA’s reasons therefore. Any work done before

such approval shall be at the Contractor’s risk. Approval by the

Contracting Officer shall not relieve the Contractor from

responsibility for any errors or omissions in such drawings, nor

from responsibility for complying with the requirements of this

contract, except with respect to variations described and approved

in accordance with (f) below.

(f) If shop drawings show variations from the contract requirements,

the Contractor shall describe such variations in writing, separate

from the drawings, at the time of submission. If the Architect

approves any such variation and the Contracting Officer concurs,

the Contracting Officer shall issue an appropriate modification to

the contract, except that, if the variation is minor or does not

involve a change in price or in time of performance, a modification

need not be issued.

(g) It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to make timely

requests of the PHA for such large scale and full size drawings,

color schemes, and other additional information, not already in his

possession, which shall be required in the planning and production

of the work. Such requests may be submitted as the need arises, but

each such request shall be filed in ample time to permit appropriate

action to be taken by all parties involved so as to avoid delay.



(h) The Contractor shall submit to the Contracting Officer for approval

four copies (unless otherwise indicated) of all shop drawings as

called for under the various headings of these specifications. Three

sets (unless otherwise indicated) of all shop drawings, will be

retained by the PHA and one set will be returned to the Contractor.

As required by the Contracting Officer, the Contractor, upon

completing the work under this contract, shall furnish a complete

set of all shop drawings as finally approved. These drawings shall

show all changes and revisions made up to the time the work is

completed and accepted.

(i) This clause shall be included in all subcontracts at any tier. It shall

be the responsibility of the Contractor to ensure that all shop

drawings prepared by subcontractors are submitted to the


10. As-Built Drawings

(a) “As-built drawings,” as used in this clause, means drawings

submitted by the Contractor or subcontractor at any tier to show the

construction of a particular structure or work as actually completed

under the contract. “As-built drawings” shall be synonymous with

“Record drawings.”

(b) As required by the Contracting Officer, the Contractor shall

provide the Contracting Officer accurate information to be used in

the preparation of permanent as-built drawings. For this purpose,

the Contractor shall record on one set of contract drawings all

changes from the installations originally indicated, and record final

locations of underground lines by depth from finish grade and by

accurate horizontal offset distances to permanent surface

improvements such as buildings, curbs, or edges of walks.

(c) This clause shall be included in all subcontracts at any tier. It shall

be the responsibility of the Contractor to ensure that all as-built

drawings prepared by subcontractors are submitted to the


11. Material and Workmanship

(a) All equipment, material, and articles furnished under this contract

shall be new and of the most suitable grade for the purpose

intended, unless otherwise specifically provided in this contract.

References in the contract to equipment, material, articles, or

patented processes by trade name, make, or catalog number, shall

be regarded as establishing a standard of quality and shall not be

construed as limiting competition. The Contractor may, at its

option, use any equipment, material, article, or process that, in the

judgment of, and as approved by the Contracting Officer, is equal

to that named in the specifications, unless otherwise specifically

provided in this contract.

(b) Approval of equipment and materials.

(1) The Contractor shall obtain the Contracting Officer’s approval

of the machinery and mechanical and other equipment to be

incorporated into the work. When requesting approval, the

Contractor shall furnish to the Contracting Officer the name of

the manufacturer, the model number, and other information

concerning the performance, capacity, nature, and rating of the

machinery and mechanical and other equipment. When

required by this contract or by the Contracting Officer, the

Contractor shall also obtain the Contracting Officer’s approval

of the material or articles which the Contractor contemplates

incorporating into the work. When requesting approval, the

Contractor shall provide full information concerning the

material or articles. Machinery, equipment, material, and

articles that do not have the required approval shall be

installed or used at the risk of subsequent rejection.

(2) When required by the specifications or the Contracting

Officer, the Contractor shall submit appropriately marked

samples (and certificates related to them) for approval at the

Contractor’s expense, with all shipping charges prepaid. The

Contractor shall label, or otherwise properly mark on the

container, the material or product represented, its place of

origin, the name of the producer, the Contractor’s name, and

the identification of the construction project for which the

material or product is intended to be used.

(3) Certificates shall be submitted in triplicate, describing each

sample submitted for approval and certifying that the material,

equipment or accessory complies with contract requirements.

The certificates shall include the name and brand of the

product, name of manufacturer, and the location where

produced.

(4) Approval of a sample shall not constitute a waiver of the PHA

right to demand full compliance with contract requirements.

Materials, equipment and accessories may be rejected for

cause even though samples have been approved.

(5) Wherever materials are required to comply with recognized

standards or specifications, such specifications shall be

accepted as establishing the technical qualities and testing

methods, but shall not govern the number of tests required to

be made nor modify other contract requirements. The

Contracting Officer may require laboratory test reports on

items submitted for approval or may approve materials on the

basis of data submitted in certificates with samples. Check

tests will be made on materials delivered for use only as

frequently as the Contracting Officer determines necessary to

insure compliance of materials with the specifications. The

Contractor will assume all costs of retesting materials which

fail to meet contract requirements and/or testing materials

offered in substitution for those found deficient.

(6) After approval, samples will be kept in the Project office until

completion of work. They may be built into the work after a

substantial quantity of the materials they represent has been

built in and accepted.

(c) Requirements concerning lead-based paint. The Contractor shall

comply with the requirements concerning lead-based paint

contained in the Lead-Based Paint Poisoning Prevention Act (42

U.S.C. 4821-4846) as implemented by 24 CFR Part 35.

12. Permits and Codes

(a) The Contractor shall give all notices and comply with all applicable

laws, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations. Notwithstanding the

requirement of the Contractor to comply with the drawings and

specifications in the contract, all work installed shall comply with

all applicable codes and regulations as amended by any waivers.

Before installing the work, the Contractor shall examine the

drawings and the specifications for compliance with applicable

codes and regulations bearing on the work and shall immediately

report any discrepancy it may discover to the Contracting Officer.

Where the requirements of the drawings and specifications fail to

comply with the applicable code or regulation, the Contracting

Officer shall modify the contract by change order pursuant to the

clause entitled Changes herein to conform to the code or regulation.

(b) The Contractor shall secure and pay for all permits, fees, and

licenses necessary for the proper execution and completion of the

work. Where the PHA can arrange for the issuance of all or part of

these permits, fees and licenses, without cost to the Contractor, the

contract amount shall be reduced accordingly.



13. Health, Safety, and Accident Prevention

(a) In performing this contract, the Contractor shall:

(1) Ensure that no laborer or mechanic shall be required to work

in surroundings or under working conditions which are

unsanitary, hazardous, or dangerous to his/her health and/or

safety as determined under construction safety and health

standards promulgated by the Secretary of Labor by

regulation;

(2) Protect the lives, health, and safety of other persons;

(3 Prevent damage to property, materials, supplies, and

equipment; and,

(4) Avoid work interruptions.

(b) For these purposes, the Contractor shall:

(1) Comply with regulations and standards issued by the Secretary

of Labor at 29 CFR Part 1926. Failure to comply may result in

imposition of sanctions pursuant to the Contract Work Hours

and Safety Standards Act (Public Law 91-54, 83 Stat. 96), 40

U.S.C. 3701 et seq.; and

(2) Include the terms of this clause in every subcontract so that

such terms will be binding on each subcontractor.

(c) The Contractor shall maintain an accurate record of exposure data

on all accidents incident to work performed under this contract

resulting in death, traumatic injury, occupational disease, or

damage to property, materials, supplies, or equipment, and shall

report this data in the manner prescribed by 29 CFR Part 1904.

(d) The Contracting Officer shall notify the Contractor of any

noncompliance with these requirements and of the corrective action

required. This notice, when delivered to the Contractor or the

Contractor’s representative at the site of the work, shall be deemed

sufficient notice of the noncompliance and corrective action

required. After receiving the notice, the Contractor shall

immediately take corrective action. If the Contractor fails or refuses

to take corrective action promptly, the Contracting Officer may

issue an order stopping all or part of the work until satisfactory

corrective action has been taken. The Contractor shall not base any

claim or request for equitable adjustment for additional time or

money on any stop order issued under these circumstances.

(e) The Contractor shall be responsible for its subcontractors’

compliance with the provisions of this clause. The Contractor shall

take such action with respect to any subcontract as the PHA, the

Secretary of Housing and Urban Development, or the Secretary of

Labor shall direct as a means of enforcing such provisions.

14. Temporary Heating

The Contractor shall provide and pay for temporary heating,

covering, and enclosures necessary to properly protect all work and

materials against damage by dampness and cold, to dry out the

work, and to facilitate the completion of the work. Any permanent

heating equipment used shall be turned over to the PHA in the

condition and at the time required by the specifications.

15. Availability and Use of Utility Services

(a) The PHA shall make all reasonably required amounts of

utilities available to the Contractor from existing outlets and

supplies, as specified in the contract. Unless otherwise

provided in the contract, the amount of each utility service

consumed shall be charged to or paid for by the Contractor at

prevailing rates charged to the PHA or, where the utility is

produced by the PHA, at reasonable rates determined by the

Contracting Officer. The Contractor shall carefully conserve

any utilities furnished without charge.

(b) The Contractor, at its expense and in a manner satisfactory to the

Contracting Officer, shall install and maintain all necessary

temporary connections and distribution lines, and all meters

required to measure the amount of each utility used for the purpose

of determining charges. Before final acceptance of the work by the

PHA, the Contractor shall remove all the temporary connections,

distribution lines, meters, and associated paraphernalia.

16. Protection of Existing Vegetation, Structures, Equipment,

Utilities, and Improvements

(a) The Contractor shall preserve and protect all structures, equipment,

and vegetation (such as trees, shrubs, and grass) on or adjacent to

the work site, which are not to be removed under this contract, and

which do not unreasonably interfere with the work required under

this contract.

(b) The Contractor shall only remove trees when specifically

authorized to do so, and shall avoid damaging vegetation that will

remain in place. If any limbs or branches of trees are broken during

performance of this contract, or by the careless operation of

equipment, or by workmen, the Contractor shall trim those limbs or

branches with a clean cut and paint the cut with a tree-pruning

compound as directed by the Contracting Officer.

(c) The Contractor shall protect from damage all existing

improvements and utilities (1) at or near the work site and (2) on

adjacent property of a third party, the locations of which are made

known to or should be known by the Contractor. Prior to disturbing

the ground at the construction site, the Contractor shall ensure that

all underground utility lines are clearly marked.

(d) The Contractor shall shore up, brace, underpin, secure, and protect

as necessary all foundations and other parts of existing structures

adjacent to, adjoining, and in the vicinity of the site, which may be

affected by the excavations or other operations connected with the

construction of the project.

(e) Any equipment temporarily removed as a result of work under this

contract shall be protected, cleaned, and replaced in the same

condition as at the time of award of this contract.

(f) New work which connects to existing work shall correspond in all

respects with that to which it connects and/or be similar to existing

work unless otherwise required by the specifications.

(g) No structural members shall be altered or in any way weakened

without the written authorization of the Contracting Officer, unless

such work is clearly specified in the plans or specifications.

(h) If the removal of the existing work exposes discolored or

unfinished surfaces, or work out of alignment, such surfaces shall

be refinished, or the material replaced as necessary to make the

continuous work uniform and harmonious. This, however, shall not

be construed to require the refinishing or reconstruction of

dissimilar finishes previously exposed, or finished surfaces in good

condition, but in different planes or on different levels when

brought together by the removal of intervening work, unless such

refinishing or reconstruction is specified in the plans or

specifications.

(i) The Contractor shall give all required notices to any adjoining or

adjacent property owner or other party before the commencement

of any work.

(j) The Contractor shall indemnify and save harmless the PHA from

any damages on account of settlement or the loss of lateral support

of adjoining property, any damages from changes in topography

affecting drainage, and from all loss or expense and all damages for

which the PHA may become liable in consequence of such injury

or damage to adjoining and adjacent structures and their premises.



(k) The Contractor shall repair any damage to vegetation, structures,

equipment, utilities, or improvements, including those that are the

property of a third party, resulting from failure to comply with the

requirements of this contract or failure to exercise reasonable care

in performing the work. If the Contractor fails or refuses to repair

the damage promptly, the Contracting Officer may have the

necessary work performed and charge the cost to the Contractor.

17. Temporary Buildings and Transportation of Materials

(a) Temporary buildings (e.g., storage sheds, shops, offices, sanitary

facilities) and utilities may be erected by the Contractor only with

the approval of the Contracting Officer and shall be built with labor

and materials furnished by the Contractor without expense to the

PHA. The temporary buildings and utilities shall remain the

property of the Contractor and shall be removed by the Contractor

at its expense upon completion of the work. With the written

consent of the Contracting Officer, the buildings and utilities may

be abandoned and need not be removed.

(b) The Contractor shall, as directed by the Contracting Officer, use

only established roadways, or use temporary roadways constructed

by the Contractor when and as authorized by the Contracting

Officer. When materials are transported in prosecuting the work,

vehicles shall not be loaded beyond the loading capacity

recommended by the manufacturer of the vehicle or prescribed by

any federal, state, or local law or regulation. When it is necessary to

cross curbs or sidewalks, the Contractor shall protect them from

damage. The Contractor shall repair or pay for the repair of any

damaged curbs, sidewalks, or roads.

18. Clean Air and Water

The contactor shall comply with the Clean Air Act, as amended, 42

USC 7401 et seq., the Federal Water Pollution Control Water Act,

as amended, 33 U.S.C. 1251 et seq., and standards issued pursuant

thereto in the facilities in which this contract is to be performed.

19. Energy Efficiency

The Contractor shall comply with mandatory standards and policies

relating to energy efficiency which are contained in the energy

conservation plan issued in compliance with the Energy Policy and

Conservation Act (Pub.L. 94-163) for the State in which the work

under the contract is performed.

20. Inspection and Acceptance of Construction

(a) Definitions. As used in this clause -

(1) “Acceptance” means the act of an authorized representative of

the PHA by which the PHA approves and assumes ownership

of the work performed under this contract. Acceptance may be

partial or complete.

(2. “Inspection” means examining and testing the work performed

under the contract (including, when appropriate, raw

materials, equipment, components, and intermediate

assemblies) to determine whether it conforms to contract

requirements.

(3) “Testing” means that element of inspection that determines the

properties or elements, including functional operation of

materials, equipment, or their components, by the application

of established scientific principles and procedures.

(b) The Contractor shall maintain an adequate inspection system and

perform such inspections as will ensure that the work performed

under the contract conforms to contract requirements. All work is

subject to PHA inspection and test at all places and at all

reasonable times before acceptance to ensure strict compliance with

the terms of the contract.

(c) PHA inspections and tests are for the sole benefit of the PHA and

do not: (1) relieve the Contractor of responsibility for providing

adequate quality control measures; (2) relieve the Contractor of

responsibility for loss or damage of the material before acceptance;

(3) constitute or imply acceptance; or, (4) affect the continuing

rights of the PHA after acceptance of the completed work under

paragraph (j) below.

(d) The presence or absence of the PHA inspector does not relieve the

Contractor from any contract requirement, nor is the inspector

authorized to change any term or condition of the specifications

without the Contracting Officer’s written authorization. All

instructions and approvals with respect to the work shall be given

to the Contractor by the Contracting Officer.

(e) The Contractor shall promptly furnish, without additional charge,

all facilities, labor, and material reasonably needed for performing

such safe and convenient inspections and tests as may be required

by the Contracting Officer. The PHA may charge to the Contractor

any additional cost of inspection or test when work is not ready at

the time specified by the Contractor for inspection or test, or when

prior rejection makes reinspection or retest necessary. The PHA

shall perform all inspections and tests in a manner that will not

unnecessarily delay the work. Special, full size, and performance

tests shall be performed as described in the contract.

(f) The PHA may conduct routine inspections of the construction site

on a daily basis.

(g) The Contractor shall, without charge, replace or correct work found

by the PHA not to conform to contract requirements, unless the

PHA decides that it is in its interest to accept the work with an

appropriate adjustment in contract price. The Contractor shall

promptly segregate and remove rejected material from the

premises.

(h) If the Contractor does not promptly replace or correct rejected

work, the PHA may (1) by contract or otherwise, replace or correct

the work and charge the cost to the Contractor, or (2) terminate for

default the Contractor’s right to proceed.

(i) If any work requiring inspection is covered up without ap-proval of

the PHA, it must, if requested by the Contracting Officer, be

uncovered at the expense of the Contractor. If at any time before

final acceptance of the entire work, the PHA considers it necessary

or advisable, to examine work already completed by removing or

tearing it out, the Contractor, shall on request, promptly furnish all

necessary facilities, labor, and material. If such work is found to be

defective or nonconforming in any material respect due to the fault

of the Contractor or its subcontractors, the Contractor shall defray

all the expenses of the examination and of satisfactory

reconstruction. If, however, such work is found to meet the

requirements of the contract, the Contracting Officer shall make an

equitable adjustment to cover the cost of the examination and

reconstruction, including, if completion of the work was thereby

delayed, an extension of time.

(j) The Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer, in writing, as

to the date when in its opinion all or a designated portion of the

work will be substantially completed and ready for inspection. If

the Architect determines that the state of preparedness is as

represented, the PHA will promptly arrange for the inspection.

Unless otherwise specified in the contract, the PHA shall accept, as

soon as practicable after completion and inspection, all work

required by the contract or that portion of the work the Contracting

Officer determines and designates can be accepted separately.

Acceptance shall be final and conclusive except for latent defects,

fraud, gross mistakes amounting to fraud, or the PHA’s right under

any warranty or guarantee.



21. Use and Possession Prior to Completion

(a) The PHA shall have the right to take possession of or use any

completed or partially completed part of the work. Before taking

possession of or using any work, the Contracting Officer shall

furnish the Contractor a list of items of work remaining to be

performed or corrected on those portions of the work that the PHA

intends to take possession of or use. However, failure of the

Contracting Officer to list any item of work shall not relieve the

Contractor of responsibility for complying with the terms of the

contract. The PHA’s possession or use shall not be deemed an

acceptance of any work under the contract.

(b) While the PHA has such possession or use, the Contractor shall be

relieved of the responsibility for (1) the loss of or damage to the

work resulting from the PHA’s possession or use, notwithstanding

the terms of the clause entitled Permits and Codes herein; (2) all

maintenance costs on the areas occupied; and, (3) furnishing heat,

light, power, and water used in the areas occupied without proper

remuneration therefore. If prior possession or use by the PHA

delays the progress of the work or causes additional expense to the

Contractor, an equitable adjustment shall be made in the contract

price or the time of completion, and the contract shall be modified

in writing accordingly.

22. Warranty of Title

The Contractor warrants good title to all materials, supplies, and

equipment incorporated in the work and agrees to deliver the

premises together with all improvements thereon free from any

claims, liens or charges, and agrees further that neither it nor any

other person, firm or corporation shall have any right to a lien upon

the premises or anything appurtenant thereto.

23. Warranty of Construction

(a) In addition to any other warranties in this contract, the Contractor

warrants, except as provided in paragraph (j) of this clause, that

work performed under this contract conforms to the contract

requirements and is free of any defect in equipment, material, or

workmanship performed by the Contractor or any subcontractor or

supplier at any tier. This warranty shall continue for a period of

________ (one year unless otherwise indicated) from the date of

final acceptance of the work. If the PHA takes possession of any

part of the work before final acceptance, this warranty shall

continue for a period of (one year unless otherwise indicated) from

the date that the PHA takes possession.

(b) The Contractor shall remedy, at the Contractor’s expense, any

failure to conform, or any defect. In addition, the Contractor shall

remedy, at the Contractor’s expense, any damage to PHA-owned or

controlled real or personal property when the damage is the result

of—

(1) The Contractor’s failure to conform to contract requirements;

or

(2) Any defects of equipment, material, workmanship or design

furnished by the Contractor.

(c) The Contractor shall restore any work damaged in fulfilling the

terms and conditions of this clause. The Contractor’s warranty with

respect to work repaired or replaced will run for (one year unless

otherwise indicated) from the date of repair or replacement.

(d) The Contracting Officer shall notify the Contractor, in writing,

within a reasonable time after the discovery of any failure, defect or

damage.

(e) If the Contractor fails to remedy any failure, defect, or damage

within a reasonable time after receipt of notice, the PHA shall have

the right to replace, repair or otherwise remedy the failure, defect,

or damage at the Contractor’s expense.

(f) With respect to all warranties, express or implied, from

subcontractors, manufacturers, or suppliers for work performed and

materials furnished under this contract, the Contractor shall:

(1) Obtain all warranties that would be given in normal

commercial practice;

(2) Require all warranties to be executed in writing, for the benefit

of the PHA; and,

(3) Enforce all warranties for the benefit of the PHA.

(g) In the event the Contractor’s warranty under paragraph (a) of this

clause has expired, the PHA may bring suit at its own expense to

enforce a subcontractor’s, manufacturer’s or supplier’s warranty.

(h) Unless a defect is caused by the negligence of the Contractor or

subcontractor or supplier at any tier, the Contractor shall not be

liable for the repair of any defect of material or design furnished by

the PHA nor for the repair of any damage that results from any

defect in PHA furnished material or design.

(i) Notwithstanding any provisions herein to the contrary, the

establishment of the time periods in paragraphs (a) and (c) above

relate only to the specific obligation of the Contractor to correct the

work, and have no relationship to the time within which its

obligation to comply with the contract may be sought to be enforced,

nor to the time within which proceedings may be commenced to

establish the Contractor’s liability with respect to its obligation other

than specifically to correct the work.

(j) This warranty shall not limit the PHA’s rights under the Inspection

and Acceptance of Construction clause of this contract with respect

to latent defects, gross mistakes or fraud.

24. Prohibition Against Liens The Contractor is prohibited from placing a lien on the PHA’s

property. This prohibition shall apply to all subcontractors at any tier

and all materials suppliers.

ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS

25. Contract Period

The Contractor shall complete all work required under this contract

within (SEE SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS) of the effective

date of the contract, or within the time schedule established in the

notice to proceed issued by the Contracting Officer.

26. Order of Provisions

In the event of a conflict between these General Conditions and the

Specifications, the General Conditions shall prevail. In the event of

a conflict between the contract and any applicable state or local law

or regulation, the state or local law or regulation shall prevail;

provided that such state or local law or regulation does not conflict

with, or is less restrictive than applicable federal law, regulation, or

Executive Order. In the event of such a conflict, applicable federal

law, regulation, and Executive Order shall prevail.

27. Payments

(a) The PHA shall pay the Contractor the price as provided in this

contract.

(b) The PHA shall make progress payments approximately every 30

days as the work proceeds, on estimates of work accomplished

which meets the standards of quality established under the contract,

as approved by the Contracting Officer. The PHA may, subject to

written determination and approval of the Contracting Officer,

make more frequent payments to contractors which are qualified

small businesses.



(c) Before the first progress payment under this contract, the

Contractor shall furnish, in such detail as requested by the

Contracting Officer, a breakdown of the total contract price

showing the amount included therein for each principal category of

the work, which shall substantiate the payment amount requested in

order to provide a basis for determining progress payments. The

breakdown shall be approved by the Contracting Officer and must

be acceptable to HUD. If the contract covers more than one project,

the Contractor shall furnish a separate breakdown for each. The

values and quantities employed in making up this breakdown are

for determining the amount of progress payments and shall not be

construed as a basis for additions to or deductions from the contract

price. The Contractor shall prorate its overhead and profit over the

construction period of the contract.

(d) The Contractor shall submit, on forms provided by the PHA,

periodic estimates showing the value of the work performed during

each period based upon the approved breakdown of the contract

price. Such estimates shall be submitted not later than days in

advance of the date set for payment and are subject to correction

and revision as required. The estimates must be approved by the

Contracting Officer with the concurrence of the Architect prior to

payment. If the contract covers more than one project, the

Contractor shall furnish a separate progress payment estimate for

each.

(e) Along with each request for progress payments and the required

estimates, the Contractor shall furnish the following certification,

or payment shall not be made:

I hereby certify, to the best of my knowledge and belief, that:

(1) The amounts requested are only for performance in

accordance with the specifications, terms, and conditions of

the contract;

(2) Payments to subcontractors and suppliers have been made

from previous payments received under the contract, and

timely payments will be made from the proceeds of the

payment covered by this certification, in accordance with

subcontract agreements; and,

(3) This request for progress payments does not include any

amounts which the prime contractor intends to withhold or

retain from a subcontractor or supplier in accordance with the

terms and conditions of the subcontract.

Name:

Title:

Date:

(f) Except as otherwise provided in State law, the PHA shall retain ten

(10) percent of the amount of progress payments until completion

and acceptance of all work under the contract; except, that if upon

completion of 50 percent of the work, the Contracting Officer, after

consulting with the Architect, determines that the Contractor’s

performance and progress are satisfactory, the PHA may make the

remaining payments in full for the work subsequently completed. If

the Contracting Officer subsequently determines that the

Contractor’s performance and progress are unsatisfactory, the PHA

shall reinstate the ten (10) percent (or other percentage as provided

in State law) retainage until such time as the Contracting Officer

determines that performance and progress are satisfactory.

(g) The Contracting Officer may authorize material delivered on the

site and preparatory work done to be taken into consideration when

computing progress payments. Material delivered to the Contractor

at locations other than the site may also be taken into consideration

if the Contractor furnishes satisfactory evidence that

(1) it has acquired title to such material;

(2) the material is properly stored in a bonded warehouse, storage

yard, or similar suitable place as may be approved by the

Contracting Officer;

(3) the material is insured to cover its full value; and

(4) the material will be used to perform this contract. Before any

progress payment which includes delivered material is made, the

Contractor shall furnish such documentation as the Contracting

Officer may require to assure the protection of the PHA’s interest

in such materials. The Contractor shall remain responsible for such

stored material notwithstanding the transfer of title to the PHA.

(h) All material and work covered by progress payments made shall, at

the time of payment become the sole property of the PHA, but this

shall not be construed as (1) relieving the Contractor from the sole

responsibility for all material and work upon which payments have

been made or the restoration of any damaged work; or, (2) waiving

the right of the PHA to require the fulfillment of all of the terms of

the contract. In the event the work of the Contractor has been

damaged by other contractors or persons other than employees of

the PHA in the course of their employment, the Contractor shall

restore such damaged work without cost to the PHA and to seek

redress for its damage only from those who directly caused it.

(i) The PHA shall make the final payment due the Contractor under

this contract after (1) completion and final acceptance of all work;

and (2) presentation of release of all claims against the PHA arising

by virtue of this contract, other than claims, in stated amounts, that

the Contractor has specifically excepted from the operation of the

release. Each such exception shall embrace no more than one

claim, the basis and scope of which shall be clearly defined. The

amounts for such excepted claims shall not be included in the

request for final payment. A release may also be required of the

assignee if the Contractor’s claim to amounts payable under this

contract has been assigned.

(j) Prior to making any payment, the Contracting Officer may require

the Contractor to furnish receipts or other evidence of payment

from all persons performing work and supplying material to the

Contractor, if the Contracting Officer determines such evidence is

necessary to substantiate claimed costs.

(k) The PHA shall not; (1) determine or adjust any claims for payment

or disputes arising there under between the Contractor and its

subcontractors or material suppliers; or, (2) withhold any moneys

for the protection of the subcontractors or material suppliers. The

failure or refusal of the PHA to withhold moneys from the

Contractor shall in nowise impair the obligations of any surety or

sureties under any bonds furnished under this contract.

28. Contract Modifications

(a) Only the Contracting Officer has authority to modify any term or

condition of this contract. Any contract modification shall be

authorized in writing.

(b) The Contracting Officer may modify the contract unilaterally

(1) pursuant to a specific authorization stated in a contract clause

(e.g., Changes); or

(2) for administrative matters which do not change the rights or

responsibilities of the parties (e.g., change in the PHA address). All

other contract modifications shall be in the form of supplemental

agreements signed by the Contractor and the Contracting Officer.



(c) When a proposed modification requires the approval of HUD prior

to its issuance (e.g., a change order that exceeds the PHA’s

approved threshold), such modification shall not be effective until

the required approval is received by the PHA.

29. Changes

(a) The Contracting Officer may, at any time, without notice to the

sureties, by written order designated or indicated to be a change

order, make changes in the work within the general scope of the

contract including changes:

(1) In the specifications (including drawings and designs);

(2) In the method or manner of performance of the work;

(3) PHA-furnished facilities, equipment, materials, services, or

site; or,

(4) Directing the acceleration in the performance of the work.

(b) Any other written order or oral order (which, as used in this

paragraph (b), includes direction, instruction, interpretation, or

determination) from the Contracting Officer that causes a change

shall be treated as a change order under this clause; provided, that

the Contractor gives the Contracting Officer written notice stating

(1) the date, circumstances and source of the order and (2) that the

Contractor regards the order as a change order.

(c) Except as provided in this clause, no order, statement or conduct of

the Contracting Officer shall be treated as a change under this

clause or entitle the Contractor to an equitable adjustment.

(d) If any change under this clause causes an increase or decrease in

the Contractor’s cost of, or the time required for the performance of

any part of the work under this contract, whether or not changed by

any such order, the Contracting Officer shall make an equitable

adjustment and modify the contract in writing. However, except for

a adjustment based on defective specifications, no proposal for any

change under paragraph (b) above shall be allowed for any costs

incurred more than 20 days (5 days for oral orders) before the

Contractor gives written notice as required. In the case of defective

specifications for which the PHA is responsible, the equitable

adjustment shall include any increased cost reasonably incurred by

the Contractor in attempting to comply with the defective

specifications.

(e) The Contractor must assert its right to an adjustment under this

clause within 30 days after (1) receipt of a written change order

under paragraph (a) of this clause, or (2) the furnishing of a written

notice under paragraph (b) of this clause, by submitting a written

statement describing the general nature and the amount of the

proposal. If the facts justify it, the Contracting Officer may extend

the period for submission. The proposal may be included in the

notice required under paragraph (b) above. No proposal by the

Contractor for an equitable adjustment shall be allowed if asserted

after final payment under this contract.

(f) The Contractor’s written proposal for equitable adjustment shall be

submitted in the form of a lump sum proposal supported with an

itemized breakdown of all increases and decreases in the contract in

at least the following details:

(1) Direct Costs. Materials (list individual items, the quantity and

unit cost of each, and the aggregate cost); Transportation and

delivery costs associated with materials; Labor breakdowns by

hours or unit costs (identified with specific work to be

performed); Construction equipment exclusively necessary for

the change; Costs of preparation and/ or revision to shop

drawings resulting from the change; Worker’s Compensation

and Public Liability Insurance; Employment taxes under FICA

and FUTA; and, Bond Costs when size of change warrants

revision.

(2) Indirect Costs. Indirect costs may include overhead, general

and administrative expenses, and fringe benefits not normally

treated as direct costs.

(3) Profit. The amount of profit shall be negotiated and may vary

according to the nature, extent, and complexity of the work

required by the change.

The allowability of the direct and indirect costs shall be determined

in accordance with the Contract Cost Principles and Procedures for

Commercial Firms in Part 31 of the Federal Acquisition Regulation

(48 CFR 1-31), as implemented by HUD Handbook 2210.18, in

effect on the date of this contract. The Contractor shall not be

allowed a profit on the profit received by any subcontractor.

Equitable adjustments for deleted work shall include a credit for

profit and may include a credit for indirect costs. On proposals

covering both increases and decreases in the amount of the

contract, the application of indirect costs and profit shall be on the

net-change in direct costs for the Contractor or subcontractor

performing the work.

(g) The Contractor shall include in the proposal its request for time

extension (if any), and shall include sufficient information and

dates to demonstrate whether and to what extent the change will

delay the completion of the contract in its entirety.

(h) The Contracting Officer shall act on proposals within 30 days after

their receipt, or notify the Contractor of the date when such action

will be taken.

(i) Failure to reach an agreement on any proposal shall be a dispute

under the clause entitled Disputes herein. Nothing in this clause,

however, shall excuse the Contractor from proceeding with the

contract as changed.

(j) Except in an emergency endangering life or property, no change

shall be made by the Contractor without a prior order from the


30. Suspension of Work

(a) The Contracting Officer may order the Contractor in writing to

suspend, delay, or interrupt all or any part of the work of this

contract for the period of time that the Contracting Officer

determines appropriate for the convenience of the PHA.

(b) If the performance of all or any part of the work is, for an

unreasonable period of time, suspended, delayed, or interrupted (1)

by an act of the Contracting Officer in the administration of this

contract, or (2) by the Contracting Officer’s failure to act within the

time specified (or within a reasonable time if not specified) in this

contract an adjustment shall be made for any increase in the cost of

performance of the contract (excluding profit) necessarily caused

by such unreasonable suspension, delay, or interruption and the

contract modified in writing accordingly. However, no adjustment

shall be made under this clause for any suspension, delay, or

interruption to the extent that performance would have been so

suspended, delayed, or interrupted by any other cause, including

the fault or negligence of the Contractor or for which any equitable

adjustment is provided for or excluded under any other provision of

this contract.

(c) A claim under this clause shall not be allowed (1) for any costs

incurred more than 20 days before the Contractor shall have

notified the Contracting Officer in writing of the act or failure to

act involved (but this requirement shall not apply as to a claim

resulting from a suspension order); and, (2) unless the claim, in an

amount stated, is asserted in writing as soon as practicable after the

termination of the suspension, delay, or interruption, but not later

than the date of final payment under the contract.



31. Disputes

(a) Claim,” as used in this clause, means a written demand or written

assertion by one of the contracting parties seeking, as a matter of

right, the payment of money in a sum certain, the adjustment or

interpretation of contract terms, or other relief arising under or

relating to the contract. A claim arising under the contract, unlike a

claim relating to the contract, is a claim that can be resolved under

a contract clause that provides for the relief sought by the claimant.

A voucher, invoice, or other routine request for payment that is not

in dispute when submitted is not a claim. The submission may be

converted to a claim by complying with the requirements of this

clause, if it is disputed either as to liability or amount or is not acted

upon in a reasonable time.

(b) Except for disputes arising under the clauses entitled Labor

Standards - Davis Bacon and Related Acts, herein, all disputes

arising under or relating to this contract, including any claims for

damages for the alleged breach thereof which are not disposed of

by agreement, shall be resolved under this clause.

(c) All claims by the Contractor shall be made in writing and submitted

to the Contracting Officer for a written decision. A claim by the

PHA against the Contractor shall be subject to a written decision by

the Contracting Officer.

(d) The Contracting Officer shall, within 60 (unless otherwise indicated)

days after receipt of the request, decide the claim or notify the

Contractor of the date by which the decision will be made.

(e) The Contracting Officer’s decision shall be final unless the

Contractor (1) appeals in writing to a higher level in the PHA in

accordance with the PHA’s policy and procedures, (2) refers the

appeal to an independent mediator or arbitrator, or (3) files suit in a

court of competent jurisdiction. Such appeal must be made within

(30 unless otherwise indicated) days after receipt of the Contracting

Officer’s decision.

(f) The Contractor shall proceed diligently with performance of this

contract, pending final resolution of any request for relief, claim,

appeal, or action arising under or relating to the contract, and

comply with any decision of the Contracting Officer.

32. Default

(a) If the Contractor refuses or fails to prosecute the work, or any

separable part thereof, with the diligence that will insure its

completion within the time specified in this contract, or any

extension thereof, or fails to complete said work within this time,

the Contracting Officer may, by written notice to the Contractor,

terminate the right to proceed with the work (or separable part of

the work) that has been delayed. In this event, the PHA may take

over the work and complete it, by contract or otherwise, and may

take possession of and use any materials, equipment, and plant on

the work site necessary for completing the work. The Contractor

and its sureties shall be liable for any damage to the PHA resulting

from the Contractor’s refusal or failure to complete the work within

the specified time, whether or not the Contractor’s right to proceed

with the work is terminated. This liability includes any increased

costs incurred by the PHA in completing the work.

(b) The Contractor’s right to proceed shall not be terminated or the

Contractor charged with damages under this clause if—

(1) The delay in completing the work arises from unforeseeable

causes beyond the control and without the fault or negligence

of the Contractor. Examples of such causes include (i) acts of

God, or of the public enemy, (ii) acts of the PHA or other

governmental entity in either its sovereign or contractual

capacity, (iii) acts of another contractor in the performance of

a contract with the PHA, (iv) fires, (v) floods, (vi) epidemics,

(vii) quarantine restrictions, (viii) strikes, (ix) freight

embargoes, (x) unusually severe weather, or (xi) delays of

subcontractors or suppliers at any tier arising from

unforeseeable causes beyond the control and without the fault

or negligence of both the Contractor and the subcontractors or

suppliers; and

(2) The Contractor, within days (10 days unless otherwise

indicated) from the beginning of such delay (unless extended

by the Contracting Officer) notifies the Contracting Officer in

writing of the causes of delay. The Contracting Officer shall

ascertain the facts and the extent of the delay. If, in the

judgment of the Contracting Officer, the findings of fact

warrant such action, time for completing the work shall be

extended by written modification to the contract. The findings

of the Contracting Officer shall be reduced to a written

decision which shall be subject to the provisions of the

Disputes clause of this contract.

(c) If, after termination of the Contractor’s right to proceed, it is

determined that the Contractor was not in default, or that the delay

was excusable, the rights and obligations of the parties will be the

same as if the termination had been for convenience of the PHA.

33. Liquidated Damages

(a) If the Contractor fails to complete the work within the time

specified in the contract, or any extension, as specified in the clause

entitled Default of this contract, the Contractor shall pay to the

PHA as liquidated damages, the sum of $260.00 for each day of

delay. If different completion dates are specified in the contract for

separate parts or stages of the work, the amount of liquidated

damages shall be assessed on those parts or stages which are

delayed. To the extent that the Contractor’s delay or

nonperformance is excused under another clause in this contract,

liquidated damages shall not be due the PHA. The Contractor

remains liable for damages caused other than by delay.

(b) If the PHA terminates the Contractor’s right to proceed, the

resulting damage will consist of liquidated damages until such

reasonable time as may be required for final completion of the

work together with any increased costs occasioned the PHA in

completing the work.

(c) If the PHA does not terminate the Contractor’s right to proceed, the

resulting damage will consist of liquidated damages until the work

is completed or accepted.

34. Termination for Convenience

(a) The Contracting Officer may terminate this contract in whole, or in

part, whenever the Contracting Officer determines that such

termination is in the best interest of the PHA. Any such termination

shall be effected by delivery to the Contractor of a Notice of

Termination specifying the extent to which the performance of the

work under the contract is terminated, and the date upon which

such termination becomes effective.

(b) If the performance of the work is terminated, either in whole or in

part, the PHA shall be liable to the Contractor for reasonable and

proper costs resulting from such termination upon the receipt by the

PHA of a properly presented claim setting out in detail: (1) the total

cost of the work performed to date of termination less the total

amount of contract payments made to the Contractor; (2) the cost

(including reasonable profit) of settling and paying claims under

subcontracts and material orders for work performed and materials

and supplies delivered to the site, payment for which has not been

made by the PHA to the Contractor or by the Contractor to the

subcontractor or supplier; (3) the cost of preserving and protecting

the work already performed until the PHA or assignee takes

possession thereof or assumes responsibility therefore; (4) the

actual or estimated cost of legal and accounting services reasonably

necessary to prepare and present the termination claim to the PHA;

and (5) an amount constituting a reasonable profit on the value of

the work performed by the Contractor.



(c) The Contracting Officer will act on the Contractor’s claim within

days (60 days unless otherwise indicated) of receipt of the

Contractor’s claim.

(d) Any disputes with regard to this clause are expressly made subject

to the provisions of the Disputes clause of this contract.

35. Assignment of Contract

The Contractor shall not assign or transfer any interest in this

contract; except that claims for monies due or to become due from

the PHA under the contract may be assigned to a bank, trust

company, or other financial institution. Such assignments of claims

shall only be made with the written concurrence of the Contracting

Officer. If the Contractor is a partnership, this contract shall inure to

the benefit of the surviving or remaining member(s) of such

partnership as approved by the Contracting Officer.

36. Insurance

(a) Before commencing work, the Contractor and each subcontractor

shall furnish the PHA with certificates of insurance showing the

following insurance is in force and will insure all operations under

the Contract:

(1) Workers’ Compensation, in accordance with state or

Territorial Workers’ Compensation laws

(2) Commercial General Liability with a combined single limit for

bodily injury and property damage of not less than

$1,000,000.00 per occurrence to protect the Contractor and

each subcontractor against claims for bodily injury or death

and damage to the property of others. This shall cover the use

of all equipment, hoists, and vehicles on the site(s) not

covered by Automobile Liability under (3) below. If the

Contractor has a “claims-made” policy, then the following

additional requirements apply: the policy must provide a

“retroactive date” which must be on or before the execution

date of the Contract; and the extended reporting period may

not be less than five years following the completion date of the

Contract.

(3) Automobile Liability on owned and non -owned motor

vehicles used on the site(s) or in connection therewith for a

combined single limit for bodily injury and property damage

of not less than $500,000.00 per occurrence.

(c) Before commencing work, the Contractor shall furnish the PHA

with a certificate of insurance evidencing that Builder’s Risk (fire

and extended coverage) Insurance on all work in place and/or

materials stored at the building site(s), including foundations and

building equipment, is in force. The Builder’s Risk Insurance shall

be for the benefit of the Contractor and the PHA as their interests

may appear and each shall be named in the policy or policies as an

insured. The Contractor in installing equipment supplied by the

PHA shall carry insurance on such equipment from the time the

Contractor takes possession thereof until the Contract work is

accepted by the PHA. The Builder’s Risk Insurance need not be

carried on excavations, piers, footings, or foundations until such

time as work on the superstructure is started. It need not be carried

on landscape work. Policies shall furnish coverage at all times for

the full cash value of all completed construction, as well as

materials in place and/or stored at the site(s), whether or not partial

payment has been made by the PHA. The Contractor may terminate

this insurance on buildings as of the date taken over for occupancy

by the PHA. The Contractor is not required to carry Builder’s Risk

Insurance for modernization work which does not involve

structural alterations or additions and where the PHA’s existing fire

and extended coverage policy can be endorsed to include such

work.

(c) All insurance shall be carried with companies which are financially

responsible and admitted to do business in the State in which the

project is located. If any such insurance is due to expire during the

construction period, the Contractor (including subcontractors, as

applicable) shall not permit the coverage to lapse and shall furnish

evidence of coverage to the Contracting Officer. All certificates of

insurance, as evidence of coverage, shall provide that no coverage

may be canceled or non-renewed by the insurance company until at

least 30 days prior written notice has been given to the Contracting

Officer.

37. Subcontracts

(a) Definitions. As used in this contract -

(1) “Subcontract” means any contract, purchase order, or other

purchase agreement, including modifications and change

orders to the foregoing, entered into by a subcontractor to

furnish supplies, materials, equipment, and services for the

performance of the prime contractor or a subcontract.

(2) “Subcontractor” means any supplier, vendor, or firm that

furnishes supplies, materials, equipment, or services to or for

the Contractor or another subcontractor.

(b) The Contractor shall not enter into any subcontract with any

subcontractor who has been temporarily denied participation in a

HUD program or who has been suspended or debarred from

participating in contracting programs by any agency of the United

States Government or of the state in which the work under the

contract is to be performed.

(c) The Contractor shall be as fully responsible for the acts or

omissions of its subcontractors, and of persons either directly or

indirectly employed by them as for the acts or omissions of persons

directly employed by the Contractor.

(d) The Contractor shall insert appropriate clauses in all subcontracts to

bind subcontractors to the terms and conditions of this contract

insofar as they are applicable to the work of subcontractors.

(e) Nothing contained in this contract shall create any contractual

relationship between any subcontractor and the PHA or between

the subcontractor and HUD.

38. Subcontracting with Small and Minority Firms, Women’s

Business Enterprise, and Labor Surplus Area Firms

The Contractor shall take the following steps to ensure that, whenever

possible, subcontracts are awarded to small business firms, minority

firms, women’s business enterprises, and labor surplus area firms:

(a) Placing qualified small and minority businesses and women’s

business enterprises on solicitation lists;

(b) Ensuring that small and minority businesses and women’s business

enterprises are solicited whenever they are potential sources;

(c) Dividing total requirements, when economically feasible, into

smaller tasks or quantities to permit maximum participation by

small and minority businesses and women’s business enterprises;

(d) Establishing delivery schedules, where the requirements of the

contract permit, which encourage participation by small and

minority businesses and women’s business enterprises; and

(e) Using the services and assistance of the U.S. Small Business

Administration, the Minority Business Development Agency of the

U.S. Department of Commerce, and State and local governmental

small business agencies.



39. Equal Employment Opportunity

During the performance of this contract, the Contractor agrees as

follows:

(a) The Contractor shall not discriminate against any employee or

applicant for employment because of race, color, religion, sex,

national origin, or handicap.

(b) The Contractor shall take affirmative action to ensure that

applicants are employed, and that employees are treated during

employment without regard to their race, color, religion, sex,

national origin, or handicap. Such action shall include, but not be

limited to, (1) employment, (2) upgrading, (3) demotion, (4)

transfer, (5) recruitment or recruitment advertising, (6) layoff or

termination, (7) rates of pay or other forms of compensation, and

(8) selection for training, including apprenticeship.

(c) The Contractor shall post in conspicuous places available to

employees and applicants for employment the notices to be

provided by the Contracting Officer that explain this clause.

(d) The Contractor shall, in all solicitations or advertisements for

employees placed by or on behalf of the Contractor, state that all

qualified applicants will receive consideration for employment

without regard to race, color, religion, sex, national origin, or

handicap.

(e) The Contractor shall send, to each labor union or representative of

workers with which it has a collective bargaining agreement or other

contract or understanding, the notice to be provided by the

Contracting Officer advising the labor union or workers’

representative of the Contractor’s commitments under this clause,

and post copies of the notice in conspicuous places available to

employees and applicants for employment.

(f) The Contractor shall comply with Executive Order 11246, as

amended, and the rules, regulations, and orders of the Secretary of

Labor.

(g) The Contractor shall furnish all information and reports required by

Executive Order 11246, as amended, Section 503 of the

Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, and by rules, regulations,

and orders of the Secretary of Labor, or pursuant thereto. The

Contractor shall permit access to its books, records, and accounts by

the Secretary of Labor for purposes of investigation to ascertain

compliance with such rules, regulations, and orders. (h) In the event of a determination that the Contractor is not in

compliance with this clause or any rule, regulation, or order of the

Secretary of Labor, this contract may be canceled, terminated, or

suspended in whole or in part, and the Contractor may be declared

ineligible for further Government contracts, or Federally assisted

construction contracts under the procedures authorized in Executive

Order 11246, as amended. In addition, sanctions may be imposed

and remedies invoked against the Contractor as provided in

Executive Order 11246, as amended, the rules, regulations, and

orders of the Secretary of Labor, or as otherwise provided by law.

(i) The Contractor shall include the terms and conditions of this clause

in every subcontract or purchase order unless exempted by the

rules, regulations, or orders of the Secretary of Labor issued under

Executive Order 11246, as amended, so that these terms and

conditions will be binding upon each subcontractor or vendor. The

Contractor shall take such action with respect to any subcontract or

purchase order as the Secretary of Housing and Urban

Development or the Secretary of Labor may direct as a means of

enforcing such provisions, including sanctions for noncompliance;

provided that if the Contractor becomes involved in, or is

threatened with, litigation with a subcontractor or vendor as a result

of such direction, the Contractor may request the United States to

enter into the litigation to protect the interests of the United States.

(j) Compliance with the requirements of this clause shall be to the

maximum extent consistent with, but not in derogation of,

compliance with section 7(b) of the Indian Self-Determination and

Education Assistance Act and the Indian Preference clause of this

contract.

40. Employment, Training, and Contracting Opportunities for

Low-Income Persons, Section 3 of the Housing and Urban

Development Act of 1968.

(a) The work to be performed under this contract is subject to the

requirements of section 3 of the Housing and Urban Development

Act of 1968, as amended, 12 U.S.C. 1701u (section 3). The purpose

of section 3 is to ensure that employment and other economic

opportunities generated by HUD assistance or HUD-assisted

projects covered by section 3, shall, to the greatest extent feasible,

be directed to low- and very low-income persons, particularly

persons who are recipients of HUD assistance for housing.

(b) The parties to this contract agree to comply with HUD's regulations

in 24 CFR Part 135, which implement section 3. As evidenced by

their execution of this contract, the parties to this contract certify

that they are under no contractual or other impediment that would

prevent them from complying with the Part 135 regulations.

(c) The contractor agrees to send to each labor organization or

representative of workers with which the contractor has a collective

bargaining agreement or other understanding, if any, a notice

advising the labor organization or workers' representative of the

contractor's commitments under this section 3 clause, and will post

copies of the notice in conspicuous places at the work site where

both employees and applicants for training and employment

positions can see the notice. The notice shall describe the section 3

preference, shall set forth minimum number and job titles subject to

hire, availability of apprenticeship and training positions, the

qualifications for each; and the name and location of the person(s)

taking applications for each of the positions; and the anticipated

date the work shall begin.

(d) The contractor agrees to include this section 3 clause in every

subcontract subject to compliance with regulations in 24 CFR Part

135, and agrees to take appropriate action, as provided in an

applicable provision of the subcontract or in this section 3 clause,

upon a finding that the subcontractor is in violation of the

regulations in 24 CFR Part 135. The contractor will not subcontract

with any subcontractor where the contractor has notice or

knowledge that the subcontractor has been found in violation of the

regulations in 24 CFR Part 135.

(e) The contractor will certify that any vacant employment positions,

including training positions, that are filled (1) after the contractor is

selected but before the contract is executed, and (2) with persons

other than those to whom the regulations of 24 CFR Part 135

require employment opportunities to be directed, were not filled to

circumvent the contractor's obligations under 24 CFR Part 135.

(f) Noncompliance with HUD's regulations in 24 CFR Part 135 may

result in sanctions, termination of this contract for default, and

debarment or suspension from future HUD assisted contracts.

(g) With respect to work performed in connection with section 3

covered Indian housing assistance, section 7(b) of the Indian Self-

Determination and Education Assistance Act (25 U.S.C. 450e) also

applies to the work to be performed under this contract. Section

7(b) requires that to the greatest extent feasible (i) preference and

opportunities for training and employment shall be given to

Indians, and (ii) preference in the award of contracts and

subcontracts shall be given to Indian organizations and Indian-

owned Economic Enterprises. Parties to this contract that are

subject to the provisions of section 3 and section 7(b)agree to

comply with section 3 to the maximum extent feasible, but not in

derogation of compliance with section 7(b).



41. Interest of Members of Congress No member of or delegate to the Congress of the United States of

America shall be admitted to any share or part of this contract or to

any benefit that may arise therefrom.

42. Interest of Members, Officers, or Employees and Former

Members, Officers, or Employees No member, officer, or employee of the PHA, no member of the

governing body of the locality in which the project is situated, no

member of the governing body of the locality in which the PHA

was activated, and no other public official of such locality or

localities who exercises any functions or responsibilities with

respect to the project, shall, during his or her tenure, or for one year

thereafter, have any interest, direct or indirect, in this contract or

the proceeds thereof.

43. Limitations on Payments made to Influence Certain Federal

Financial Transactions

(a) The Contractor agrees to comply with Section 1352 of Title 31,

United States Code which prohibits the use of Federal appropriated

funds to pay any person for influencing or attempting to influence

an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of Congress, and

officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of

Congress in connection with any of the following covered Federal

actions: the awarding of any Federal contract; the making of any

Federal grant; the making of any Federal loan; the entering into of

any cooperative agreement; or the modification of any Federal

contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement.. (b) The Contractor further agrees to comply with the requirement of

the Act to furnish a disclosure (OMB Standard Form LLL,

Disclosure of Lobbying Activities) if any funds other than Federal

appropriated funds (including profit or fee received under a covered

Federal transaction) have been paid, or will be paid, to any person

for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of

any agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of

Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection

with a Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement.

44. Royalties and Patents The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees. It shall

defend all suits or claims for infringement of any patent rights and

shall save the PHA harmless from loss on account thereof; except

that the PHA shall be responsible for all such loss when a particular

design, process or the product of a particular manufacturer or

manufacturers is specified and the Contractor has no reason to

believe that the specified design, process, or product is an

infringement. If, however, the Contractor has reason to believe that

any design, process or product specified is an infringement of a

patent, the Contractor shall promptly notify the Contracting

Officer. Failure to give such notice shall make the Contractor

responsible for resultant loss.

45. Examination and Retention of Contractor’s Records

(a) The PHA, HUD, or Comptroller General of the United States, or

any of their duly authorized representatives shall, until 3 years after

final payment under this contract, have access to and the right to

examine any of the Contractor’s directly pertinent books,

documents, papers, or other records involving transactions related

to this contract for the purpose of making audit, examination,

excerpts, and transcriptions.

(b) The Contractor agrees to include in first-tier subcontracts under this

contract a clause substantially the same as paragraph (a) above.

“Subcontract,” as used in this clause, excludes purchase orders not

exceeding $10,000.

(c) The periods of access and examination in paragraphs (a) and (b)

above for records relating to (1) appeals under the Disputes clause

of this contract, (2) litigation or settlement of claims arising from

the performance of this contract, or (3) costs and expenses of this

contract to which the PHA, HUD, or Comptroller General or any of

their duly authorized representatives has taken exception shall

continue until disposition of such appeals, litigation, claims, or

exceptions.

46. Labor Standards - Davis-Bacon and Related Acts

If the total amount of this contract exceeds $2,000, the Federal labor

standards set forth in the clause below shall apply to the development or

construction work to be performed under the contract.

(a) Minimum Wages.

(1) All laborers and mechanics employed under this contract in

the development or construction of the project(s) involved will

be paid unconditionally and not less often than once a week,

and without subsequent deduction or rebate on any account

(except such payroll deductions as are permitted by

regulations issued by the Secretary of Labor under the

Copeland Act (29 CFR Part 3)), the full amount of wages and

bona fide fringe benefits (or cash equivalents thereof) due at

time of payment computed at rates not less than those

contained in the wage determination of the Secretary of Labor

which is attached hereto and made a part hereof, regardless of

any contractual relationship which may be alleged to exist

between the Contractor and such laborers and mechanics.

Contributions made or costs reasonably anticipated for bona

fide fringe benefits under Section 1(b)(2) of the Davis-Bacon

Act on behalf of laborers or mechanics are considered wages

paid to such laborers or mechanics, subject to the provisions of

29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(iv); also, regular contributions made or costs

incurred for more than a weekly period (but not less often than

quarterly) under plans, funds, or programs which cover the

regular weekly period, are deemed to be constructively made

or incurred during such weekly period. Such laborers and

mechanics shall be paid the appropriate wage rate and fringe

benefits in the wage determination for the classification of

work actually performed, without regard to skill, except as

provided in 29 CFR 5.5(a)(4). Laborers or mechanics

performing work in more than one classification may be

compensated at the rate specified for each classification for the

time actually worked therein; provided, that the employer’s

payroll records accurately set forth the time spent in each

classification in which work is performed. The wage

determination (including any additional classification and

wage rates conformed under 29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(ii) and the

Davis-Bacon poster (WH-1321) shall be posted at all times by

the Contractor and its subcontractors at the site of the work in

a prominent and accessible place where it can be easily seen

by the workers.

(2) (i) Any class of laborers or mechanics, including helpers,

which is not listed in the wage determination and which

is to be employed under the contract shall be classified in

conformance with the wage determination. HUD shall

approve an additional classification and wage rate and

fringe benefits therefor only when all the following

criteria have been met: (A) The work to be performed by

the classification requested is not performed by a

classification in the wage determination; and (B) The

classification is utilized in the area by the construction

industry; and (C) The proposed wage rate, including any

bona fide fringe benefits, bears a reasonable relationship

to the wage rates contained in the wage determination.



(ii) If the Contractor and the laborers and mechanics to be

employed in the classification (if known), or their

representatives, and HUD or its designee agree on the

classification and wage rate (including the amount

designated for fringe benefits where appropriate), a report

of the action taken shall be sent by HUD or its designee

to the Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division,

Employee Standards Administration, U.S. Department of

Labor, Washington, DC 20210. The Administrator, or an

authorized representative, will approve, modify, or

disapprove every additional classification action within

30 days of receipt and so advise HUD or its designee or

will notify HUD or its designee within the 30-day period

that additional time is necessary.

(iii) In the event the Contractor, the laborers or mechanics to

be employed in the classification or their representatives,

and HUD or its designee do not agree on the proposed

classification and wage rate (including the amount

designated for fringe benefits, where appropriate), HUD

or its designee shall refer the questions, including the

views of all interested parties and the recommendation of

HUD or its designee, to the Administrator of the Wage

and Hour Division for determination. The Administrator,

or an authorized representative, will issue a determination

within 30 days of receipt and so advise HUD or its

designee or will notify HUD or its designee within the

30-day period that additional time is necessary.

(iv) The wage rate (including fringe benefits where

appropriate) determined pursuant to subparagraphs

(a)(2)(ii) or (iii) of this clause shall be paid to all workers

performing work in the classification under this contract

from the first day on which work is performed in

classification.

(3) Whenever the minimum wage rate prescribed in the contract

for a class of laborers or mechanics includes a fringe benefit

which is not expressed as an hourly rate, the Contractor shall

either pay the benefit as stated in the wage determination or

shall pay another bona fide fringe benefit or an hourly cash

equivalent thereof.

(4) If the Contractor does not make payments to a trustee or other

third person, the Contractor may consider as part of the wages

of any laborer or mechanic the amount of any costs reasonably

anticipated in providing bona fide fringe benefits under a plan

or program; provided, that the Secretary of Labor has found,

upon the written request of the Contractor, that the applicable

standards of the Davis-Bacon Act have been met. The

Secretary of Labor may require the Contractor to set aside in a

separate account assets for the meeting of obligations under

the plan or program.

(b) Withholding of funds. HUD or its designee shall, upon its own

action or upon written request of an authorized representative of the

Department of Labor, withhold or cause to be withheld from the

Contractor under this contract or any other Federal contract with

the same prime Contractor, or any other Federally-assisted contract

subject to Davis-Bacon prevailing wage requirements, which is

held by the same prime Contractor, so much of the accrued

payments or advances as may be considered necessary to pay

laborers and mechanics, including apprentices, trainees, and

helpers, employed by the Contractor or any subcontractor the full

amount of wages required by the contract. In the event of failure to

pay any laborer or mechanic, including any apprentice, trainee, or

helper, employed or working in the construction or development of

the project, all or part of the wages required by the contract, HUD

or its designee may, after written notice to the Contractor, take such

action as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further

payment, advance, or guarantee of funds until such violations have

ceased. HUD or its designee may, after written notice to the

Contractor, disburse such amounts withheld for and on account of

the Contractor or subcontractor to the respective employees to

whom they are due.

(c) Payrolls and basic records.

(1) Payrolls and basic records relating thereto shall be maintained

by the Contractor during the course of the work and preserved

for a period of three years thereafter for all laborers and

mechanics working in the construction or development of the

project. Such records shall contain the name, address, and

social security number of each such worker, his or her correct

classification, hourly rates of wages paid (including rates of

contributions or costs anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits

or cash equivalents thereof of the types described in section

1(b)(2)(B) of the Davis-Bacon Act), daily and weekly number

of hours worked, deductions made, and actual wages paid.

Whenever the Secretary of Labor has found, under 29 CFR

5.5(a)(1)(iv), that the wages of any laborer or mechanic

include the amount of costs reasonably anticipated in

providing benefits under a plan or program described in

section 1(b)(2)(B) of the Davis-Bacon Act, the Contractor

shall maintain records which show that the commitment to

provide such benefits is enforceable, that the plan or program

is financially responsible, and that the plan or program has

been communicated in writing to the laborers or mechanics

affected, and records which show the costs anticipated or the

actual cost incurred in providing such benefits. Contractors

employing apprentices or trainees under approved programs

shall maintain written evidence of the registration of

apprenticeship programs and certification of trainee programs,

the registration of the apprentices and trainees, and the ratios

and wage rates prescribed in the applicable programs.

(2) (i) The Contractor shall submit weekly for each week in

which any contract work is performed a copy of all

payrolls to the Contracting Officer for transmission to

HUD or its designee. The payrolls submitted shall set out

accurately and completely all of the information required

to be maintained under subparagraph (c)(1) of this clause.

This information may be submitted in any form desired.

Optional Form WH-347 (Federal Stock Number 029-

005-00014-1) is available for this purpose and may be

purchased from the Superintendent of Documents, U.S.

Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C. 20402.

The Contractor is responsible for the submission of

copies of payrolls by all subcontractors. (Approved by

the Office of Management and Budget under OMB

Control Number 1214-0149.)

(ii) Each payroll submitted shall be accompanied by a

Statement of Compliance,” signed by the Contractor or

subcontractor or his or her agent who pays or supervises

the payment of the persons employed under the contract

and shall certify the following:

(A) That the payroll for the payroll period contains

the information required to be maintained under

paragraph (c) (1) of this clause and that such

information is correct and complete;

(B) That each laborer or mechanic (including each

helper, apprentice, and trainee) employed on the

contract during the payroll period has been paid the

full weekly wages earned, without rebate, either

directly or indirectly, and that no deductions have

been made either directly or indirectly from the full

wages earned, other than permissible deductions as

set forth in 29 CFR Part 3; and

(C) That each laborer or mechanic has been paid

not less than the applicable wage rates and fringe

benefits or cash equivalents for the classification of

work performed, as specified in the applicable wage

determination incorporated into the contract.



(iii) The weekly submission of a properly executed

certification set forth on the reverse side of Optional

Form WH-347 shall satisfy the requirements for

submission of the “Statement of Compliance” required by

subparagraph (c)(2)(ii) of this clause.

(iv) The falsification of any of the above certifications may

subject the Contractor or subcontractor to civil or

criminal prosecution under Section 1001 of Title 18 and

Section 3729 of Title 31 of the United States Code.

(3) The Contractor or subcontractor shall make the records required

under subparagraph (c)(1) available for inspection, copying, or

transcription by authorized representatives of HUD or its designee,

the Contracting Officer, or the Department of Labor and shall

permit such representatives to interview employees

during working hours on the job. If the Contractor or subcontractor

fails to submit the required records or to make them available,

HUD or its designee may, after written notice to the Contractor,

take such action as may be necessary to cause the suspension of

any further payment, advance, or guarantee of funds. Furthermore,

failure to submit the required records upon request or to make such

records available may be grounds for debarment action pursuant to

29 CFR 5.12.

(d) (1) Apprentices. Apprentices will be permitted to work at less

than the predetermined rate for the work they performed when

they are employed pursuant to and individually registered in a

bona fide apprenticeship program registered with the U.S.

Department of Labor, Employment and Training

Administration, Office of Apprenticeship and Training,

Employer and Labor Services (OATELS), or with a State

Apprenticeship Agency recognized by OATELS, or if a

person is employed in his or her first 90 days of probationary

employment as an apprentice in such an apprenticeship

program, who is not individually registered in the program,

but who has been certified by OATELS or a State

Apprenticeship Agency (where appropriate) to be eligible for

probationary employment as an apprentice. The allowable

ratio of apprentices to journeymen on the job site in any craft

classification shall not be greater than the ratio permitted to

the Contractor as to the entire work force under the registered

program. Any worker listed on a payroll at an apprentice wage

rate, who is not registered or otherwise employed as stated in

this paragraph, shall be paid not less than the applicable wage

rate on the wage determination for the classification of work

actually performed. In addition, any apprentice performing

work on the job site in excess of the ratio permitted under the

registered program shall be paid not less than the applicable

wage rate on the wage determination for the work actually

performed. Where a contractor is performing construction on a

project in a locality other than that in which its program is

registered, the ratios and wage rates (expressed in percentages

of the journeyman’s hourly rate) specified in the Contractor’s

or subcontractor’s registered program shall be observed. Every

apprentice must be paid at not less than the rate specified in

the registered program for the apprentice’s level of progress,

expressed as a percentage of the journeyman hourly rate

specified in the applicable wage determination. Apprentices

shall be paid fringe benefits in accordance with the provisions

of the apprenticeship program. If the apprenticeship program

does not specify fringe benefits, apprentices must be paid the

full amount of fringe benefits listed on the wage determination

for the applicable classification. If the Administrator of the

Wage and Hour Division determines that a different practice

prevails for the applicable apprentice classification, fringes

shall be paid in accordance with that determination. In the

event OATELS, or a State Apprenticeship Agency recognized

by OATELS, withdraws approval of an apprenticeship

program, the Contractor will no longer be permitted to utilize

apprentices at less than the applicable predetermined rate for

the work performed until an acceptable program is approved.

(2) Trainees. Except as provided in 29 CFR 5.16, trainees will not be

permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the

work performed unless they are employed pursuant to and

individually registered in a program which has received prior

approval, evidenced by formal certification by the U.S.

Department of Labor, Employment and Training Administration.

The ratio of trainees to journeymen on the job

site shall not be greater than permitted under the plan approved

by the Employment and Training Administration. Every trainee

must be paid at not less than the rate specified in the approved

program for the trainee’s level of progress, expressed as a

percentage of the journeyman hourly rate specified in the

applicable wage determination. Trainees shall be paid fringe

benefits in accordance with the provisions of the trainee

program. If the trainee program does not mention fringe benefits,

trainees shall be paid the full amount of fringe benefits listed in

the wage determination unless the Administrator of the Wage

and Hour Division determines that there is an apprenticeship

program associated with the corresponding journeyman wage

rate in the wage determination which provides for less than full

fringe benefits for apprentices. Any employee listed on the

payroll at a trainee rate who is not registered and participating in

a training plan approved by the Employment and Training

Administration shall be paid not less than the applicable wage

rate in the wage determination for the classification of work

actually performed. In addition, any trainee performing work on

the job site in excess of the ratio permitted under the registered

program shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate in

the wage determination for the work actually performed. In the

event the Employment and Training Administration withdraws

approval of a training program, the Contractor will no longer be

permitted to utilize trainees at less than the applicable

predetermined rate for the work performed until an acceptable

program is approved.

(3) Equal employment opportunity. The utilization of apprentices,

trainees, and journeymen under this clause shall be in conformity

with the equal employment opportunity requirements of

Executive Order 11246, as amended, and 29 CFR Part 30.

(e) Compliance with Copeland Act requirements. The Contractor shall

comply with the requirements of 29 CFR Part 3, which are hereby

incorporated by reference in this contract.

(f) Contract termination; debarment. A breach of this contract clause

may be grounds for termination of the contract and for debarment

as a Contractor and a subcontractor as provided in 29 CFR 5.12.

(g) Compliance with Davis-Bacon and related Act requirements. All

rulings and interpretations of the Davis-Bacon and related Acts

contained in 29 CFR Parts 1, 3, and 5 are herein incorporated by

reference in this contract.

(h) Disputes concerning labor standards. Disputes arising out of the

labor standards provisions of this clause shall not be subject to the

general disputes clause of this contract. Such disputes shall be

resolved in accordance with the procedures of the Department of

Labor set forth in 29 CFR Parts 5, 6, and 7. Disputes within the

meaning of this clause include disputes between the Contractor (or

any of its subcontractors) and the PHA, HUD, the U.S. Department

of Labor, or the employees or their representatives.

(i) Certification of eligibility.

(1) By entering into this contract, the Contractor certifies that

neither it (nor he or she) nor any person or firm who has an

interest in the Contractor’s firm is a person or firm ineligible

to be awarded contracts by the United States Government by

virtue of section 3(a) of the Davis-Bacon Act or 29 CFR

5.12(a)(1).



(2) No part of this contract shall be subcontracted to any person or

firm ineligible for award of a United States Government

contract by virtue of section 3(a) of the Davis-Bacon Act or 29

CFR 5.12(a)(1).

(3) The penalty for making false statements is prescribed in the U.

S. Criminal Code, 18 U.S.C. 1001.

(j) Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act. As used in this

paragraph, the terms “laborers” and “mechanics” include watchmen

and guards.

(1) Overtime requirements. No contractor or subcontractor

contracting for any part of the contract work which may

require or involve the employment of laborers or mechanics,

including watchmen and guards, shall require or permit any

such laborer or mechanic in any workweek in which the

individual is employed on such work to work in excess of 40

hours in such workweek unless such laborer or mechanic

receives compensation at a rate not less than one and one-half

times the basic rate of pay for all hours worked in excess of 40

hours in such workweek.

(2) Violation; liability for unpaid wages; liquidated damages. In

the event of any violation of the provisions set forth in

subparagraph (j)(1) of this clause, the Contractor and any

subcontractor responsible therefore shall be liable for the

unpaid wages. In addition, such Contractor and subcontractor

shall be liable to the United States (in the case of work done

under contract for the District of Columbia or a territory, to

such District or to such territory), for liquidated damages.

Such liquidated damages shall be computed with respect to

each individual laborer or mechanic (including watchmen and

guards) employed in violation of the provisions set forth in

subparagraph (j)(1) of this clause, in the sum of $10 for each

calendar day on which such individual was required or

permitted to work in excess of the standard workweek of 40

hours without payment of the overtime wages required by

provisions set forth in subparagraph (j)(1) of this clause.

(3) Withholding for unpaid wages and liquidated damages. HUD

or its designee shall upon its own action or upon written

request of an authorized representative of the Department of

Labor withhold or cause to be withheld, from any moneys

payable on account of work performed by the Contractor or

subcontractor under any such contract or any Federal contract

with the same prime Contractor, or any other Federally-

assisted contract subject to the Contract Work Hours and

Safety Standards Act, which is held by the same prime

Contractor, such sums as may be determined to be necessary

to satisfy any liabilities of such Contractor or subcontractor for

unpaid wages and liquidated damages as provided in the

provisions set forth in subparagraph (j)(2) of this clause.

(k) Subcontracts. The Contractor or subcontractor shall insert in

any subcontracts all the provisions contained in this clause, and

such other clauses as HUD or its designee may by appropriate

instructions require, and also a clause requiring the

subcontractors to include these provisions in any lower tier

subcontracts. The prime Contractor shall be responsible for the

compliance by any subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor

with all these provisions.

47. Non-Federal Prevailing Wage Rates

(a) Any prevailing wage rate (including basic hourly rate and any

fringe benefits), determined under State or tribal law to be

prevailing, with respect to any employee in any trade or position

employed under the contract, is inapplicable to the contract and

shall not be enforced against the Contractor or any subcontractor,

with respect to employees engaged under the contract whenever

such non-Federal prevailing wage rate exceeds:

(1) The applicable wage rate determined by the Secretary of

Labor pursuant to the Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 3141 et

seq.) to be prevailing in the locality with respect to such trade;

(b) An applicable apprentice wage rate based thereon specified in an

apprenticeship program registered with the U.S. Department of

Labor (DOL) or a DOL-recognized State Apprenticeship Agency;

or

(c) An applicable trainee wage rate based thereon specified in a DOL-

certified trainee program.

48. Procurement of Recovered Materials.

(a) In accordance with Section 6002 of the Solid Waste Disposal Act,

as amended by the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, the

Contractor shall procure items designated in guidelines of the

Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) at 40 CFR Part 247 that

contain the highest percentage of recovered materials practicable,

consistent with maintaining a satisfactory level of competition. The

Contractor shall procure items designated in the EPA guidelines

that contain the highest percentage of recovered materials

practicable unless the Contractor determines that such items: (1) are

not reasonably available in a reasonable period of time; (2) fail to

meet reasonable performance standards, which shall be determined

on the basis of the guidelines of the National Institute of Standards

and Technology, if applicable to the item; or (3) are only available

at an unreasonable price.

(b) Paragraph (a) of this clause shall apply to items purchased under

this contract where: (1) the Contractor purchases in excess of

$10,000 of the item under this contract; or (2) during the preceding

Federal fiscal year, the Contractor: (i) purchased any amount of the

items for use under a contract that was funded with Federal

appropriations and was with a Federal agency or a State agency or

agency of a political subdivision of a State; and (ii) purchased a

total of in excess of $10,000 of the item both under and outside that

contract.


Davis Bacon Wage Decision 00770-1

General Decision Number: VA150152 01/09/2015 VA152

Superseded General Decision Number: VA20140152

State: Virginia

Construction Type: Residential

County: Norfolk* County in Virginia.

*INDEPENDENT CITY

RESIDENTIAL CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS (consisting of single family homes and

apartments up to and including 4 stories).

Note: Executive Order (EO) 13658 establishes an hourly minimum wage of $10.10 for 2015 that

applies to all contracts subject to the Davis-Bacon Act for which the solicitation is issued on or after

January 1, 2015. If this contract is covered by the EO, the contractor must pay all workers in any

classification listed on this wage determination at least $10.10 (or the applicable wage rate listed on

this wage determination, if it is higher) for all hours spent performing on the contract. The EO

minimum wage rate will be adjusted annually. Additional information on contractor requirements and

worker protections under the EO is available at www.dol.gov/whd/govcontracts.

Modification Number Publication Date

0 01/02/2015

1 01/09/2015

..................................................................................................................................................................

BRVA0001-002 07/01/2013

Rates Fringes

BRICKLAYER .......................................................... $ 19.00 8.13

..................................................................................................................................................................

* ELEV0052-004 01/01/2015

Rates Fringes

ELEVATOR MECHANIC ........................................ $ 37.42 28.385+a+b

a. PAID HOLIDAYS: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day,

Veterans' Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day.

b. VACATIONS: 6% men under 5 years based on regular hourly rate and 8% men over 5 years

based on regular hourly rate for all hours worked.



..................................................................................................................................................................

ENGI0147-012 11/01/2013

Rates Fringes

POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR

Cranes 90 tons & over capacity; Tower &

Climbing Cranes with Controls 100 ft.

above ground ............................................................. $ 28.30 8.69%+8.15

Cranes under 90 tons ................................................. $ 27.38 8.69%+8.15

..................................................................................................................................................................

SUVA2012-019 08/08/2014

Rates Fringes

CARPENTER ............................................................ $ 13.40 0.00

CEMENT MASON/CONCRETE FINISHER .......... $ 15.04 0.00

DRYWALL FINISHER/TAPER .............................. $ 14.00 0.00

DRYWALL HANGER AND METAL

STUD INSTALLER .................................................. $ 13.79 0.00

ELECTRICIAN

Includes Low Voltage Wiring ................................... $ 15.83 0.00

FLOOR LAYER: Carpet ......................................... $ 17.50 0.00

IRONWORKER, ORNAMENTAL .......................... $ 15.59 0.00

IRONWORKER, STRUCTURAL ............................ $ 21.55 1.39

LABORER: Common or General ........................... $ 10.97 0.00

LABORER: Landscape ........................................... $ 11.72 0.00

LABORER: Mason Tender – Brick ......................... $ 13.79 0.00

LABORER: Mason Tender - Cement/Concrete ....... $ 13.00 0.00

LABORER: Pipelayer .............................................. $ 14.04 2.66



OPERATOR:

Backhoe/Excavator/Trackhoe ........................ $ 17.30 2.83

OPERATOR: Bobcat/Skid

Steer/Skid Loader .......................................... $ 15.26 0.80

OPERATOR: Bulldozer .............................. $ 15.17 2.27

OPERATOR: Loader ................................... $ 15.21 2.77

PAINTER (Brush and Roller) ..................... $ 12.25 0.00

PLUMBER .................................................... $ 16.34 0.00

ROOFER ....................................................... $ 13.09 0.00

SHEET METAL WORKER, Includes

HVAC Duct and Unit Installation ................. $ 16.60 0.00

SPRINKLER FITTER (Fire Sprinklers) ....... $ 18.09 3.15

TRUCK DRIVER: Dump Truck .................. $ 16.30 0.00

..................................................................................................................................................................

WELDERS - Receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to which welding is incidental.

Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the scope of the classifications

listed may be added after award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses

(29CFR 5.5 (a) (1) (ii)).

The body of each wage determination lists the classification and wage rates that have been found to

be prevailing for the cited type(s) of construction in the area covered by the wage determination. The

classifications are listed in alphabetical order of "identifiers" that indicate whether the particular rate

is a union rate (current union negotiated rate for local), a survey rate (weighted average rate) or a

union average rate (weighted union average rate).

Union Rate Identifiers

A four letter classification abbreviation identifier enclosed in dotted lines beginning with characters

other than "SU" or "UAVG" denotes that the union classification and rate were prevailing for that

classification in the survey. Example: PLUM0198-005 07/01/2014. PLUM is an abbreviation

identifier of the union which prevailed in the survey for this classification, which in this example

would be Plumbers. 0198 indicates the local union number or district council number where

applicable, i.e., Plumbers Local 0198. The next number, 005 in the example, is an internal number

used in processing the wage determination. 07/01/2014 is the effective date of the most current

negotiated rate, which in this example is July 1, 2014.



Union prevailing wage rates are updated to reflect all rate changes in the collective bargaining

agreement (CBA) governing this classification and rate.

Survey Rate Identifiers

Classifications listed under the "SU" identifier indicate that no one rate prevailed for this

classification in the survey and the published rate is derived by computing a weighted average rate

based on all the rates reported in the survey for that classification. As this weighted average rate

includes all rates reported in the survey, it may include both union and non-union rates. Example:

SULA2012-007 5/13/2014. SU indicates the rates are survey rates based on a weighted average

calculation of rates and are not majority rates. LA indicates the State of Louisiana. 2012 is the year of

survey on which these classifications and rates are based. The next number, 007 in the example, is an

internal number used in producing the wage determination. 5/13/2014 indicates the survey

completion date for the classifications and rates under that identifier.

Survey wage rates are not updated and remain in effect until a new survey is conducted.

Union Average Rate Identifiers

Classification(s) listed under the UAVG identifier indicate that no single majority rate prevailed for

those classifications; however, 100% of the data reported for the classifications was union data.

EXAMPLE: UAVG-OH-0010 08/29/2014. UAVG indicates that the rate is a weighted union average

rate. OH indicates the state. The next number, 0010 in the example, is an internal number used in

producing the wage determination. 08/29/2014 indicates the survey completion date for the

classifications and rates under that identifier.

A UAVG rate will be updated once a year, usually in January ofeach year, to reflect a weighted

average of the current negotiated/CBA rate of the union locals from which the rate is based.

WAGE DETERMINATION APPEALS PROCESS

1.) Has there been an initial decision in the matter? This can be:

* an existing published wage determination

* a survey underlying a wage determination

* a Wage and Hour Division letter setting forth a position on a wage determination matter

* a conformance (additional classification and rate) ruling

On survey related matters, initial contact, including requests for summaries of surveys, should be

with the Wage and Hour Regional Office for the area in which the survey was conducted because

those Regional Offices have responsibility for the Davis-Bacon survey program. If the response from

this initial contact is not satisfactory, then the process described in 2.) and 3.) should be followed.

With regard to any other matter not yet ripe for the formal process described here, initial contact

should be with the Branch of Construction Wage Determinations.

Write to: Branch of Construction Wage Determinations

Wage and Hour Division

U.S. Department of Labor

200 Constitution Avenue, N.W.

Washington, DC 20210



2.) If the answer to the question in 1.) is yes, then an interested party (those affected by the

action) can request review and reconsideration from the Wage and Hour Administrator (See

29 CFR Part 1.8 and 29 CFR Part 7)

Write to: Wage and Hour Administrator




The request should be accompanied by a full statement of the interested party's position and by any

information (wage payment data, project description, area practice material, etc.) that the requestor

considers relevant to the issue.

3.) If the decision of the Administrator is not favorable, an interested party may appeal directly to

the Administrative Review Board (formerly the Wage Appeals Board).

Write to: Administrative Review Board




4.) All decisions by the Administrative Review Board are final.

======================================================================== END OF GENERAL DECISION


Supplemental Conditions

SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS CONTENTS

1. SCOPE OF WORK

2. PROJECT SITE

3. ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS

4. PRE-CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE

5. TIME OF COMPLETION

6. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES

7. INSURANCE

8. SCHEDULING AND COORDINATION OF WORK

9. COMMUNICATIONS

10. ACCEPTANCE BY NRHA

11. PARTIAL USE OF SITE

12. FAMILIARITY WITH PROPOSED WORK

13. SATURDAY, SUNDAY OR HOLIDAY WORK

14. SURVEYS

15. EXISTING CONDITIONS AND UTILITIES

16. TRAFFIC AND SAFETY PERMITS

17. SPECIFICATION AND DRAWING ORGANIZATION

18. "OR EQUAL" CLAUSES

19. DIMENSIONS

20. OPERATION OF EXISTING FACILITIES

21. REFERENCE TO STANDARDS

22. CONDITION OF JOB SITE AND FINAL CLEANUP

23. WORKING LIMITS

24. INSPECTION

25. REPORTS

26. EXISTING CONDITIONS

27. PERMITS AND LAWS

28. SUBMITTALS

29. PROTECTION FROM THE WEATHER

30. PROGRESS PAYMENTS AND REPORTS


Supplemental Conditions 00800-1

SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS

1. SCOPE OF WORK

The Norfolk Redevelopment and Housing Authority will receive bids to “Furnish all supervision,

labor, materials, and equipment necessary for “Partrea Boilers and Roof Top Unit

Replacement.”

2. PROJECT SITES:

PARTREA MIDRISE, VA6-20 701 Easy Street Norfolk, VA 23505

3. ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS

Within ten (10) calendar days of the date of the Award Letter, the contractor shall provide the following: 1. Signed contract 2. Request for Taxpayer Identification Number and Certification 3. Worker’s Compensation Insurance 4. Manufacturers’ and Contractors’ Public Liability Insurance 5. Automobile Liability for owned and non-owned motor vehicles 6. 100% Performance Bond and 100% Payment Bond 7. List of employees who will be used on this project, and

a. Job classification b. Hourly Rate of Pay and any applicable Benefits

8. Approval of subcontractor(s) 9. Certificate from Contractor Appointing Officer or Employee to Supervise Payment of

Employees 10. Request for any trade classification, which will be required to complete this contract that was

not included on the original wage decision. 11. Copy of your state approved apprenticeship program if apprentices are to be used on this job.

All documents must be on file and approved prior to scheduling the Pre-Construction Conference. If

these requirements are not met the Authority will consider you in default and reserves the right to negotiate with the second lowest bidder.

4. PRE-CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE Within ten (10) calendar days of Contract execution by the contractor, and prior to the

commencement of work, the Contractor shall attend a pre-construction conference with representatives of the NRHA, its Architect, and other interested parties. The conference will serve to acquaint the participants with the general plan of the construction operation and all other requirements of the Contract. The contracting officer will provide the Contractor with the date, time, and place of the conference. A Notice to Proceed will be provided at the meeting.



5. TIME FOR COMPLETION The work is to commence immediately upon issuance of a Notice to Proceed, and be completed

within 180 calendar days.

Refer to Contract Administration and Closeout Specifications for additional requirements to be met

for substantial completion.

6. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES

As time is of the essence and actual damages for any delay in completion of the work or meeting the

specified deadline for any portion of the work that the Contractor is required to perform under this

Contract have been estimated to be two-hundred sixty and 00/100 dollars ($260.00), the Contractor

shall be liable for and shall pay to the Local Public Agency the sum of two-hundred sixty and

00/100 dollars ($260.00) as fixed, agreed and liquidated damages for each calendar day of delay from

the date stipulated under paragraph 5 – Time for Completion of the Supplemental Conditions, or as

modified in accordance with Paragraph 33, LIQUIDATED DAMAGES of the General Conditions for

Construction Contracts – Public Housing Programs, until work is satisfactorily completed and

accepted.

Contractor waives any defense as to the validity of any liquidated damages stated in this Contract

as they may appear on the grounds that such liquidated damages are void as penalties or are not

reasonably related to actual damages.

7. INSURANCE Before commencing work, the Contractor and each subcontractor shall furnish NRHA with

Certificates of Insurance, showing the following insurance is in force and will insure all operations

under the Contract:

A. Workers' Compensation, in accordance with State Workers Compensation Laws.

B. Commercial General Liability with a combined single limit for bodily injury and property

damage of not less than $1,000,000.00 per occurrence to protect the Contractor and each

subcontractor against claims for bodily injury or death and damage to the property of others.

C. Automobile liability on owned and non-owned motor vehicles used on the site(s) or in

connection therewith for a combined single limit for bodily injury and property damage of not

less than $500,000.00 per occurrence.



8. SCHEDULING AND COORDINATION OF WORK

Scheduling

A. The Contractor shall submit to the owner a construction progress schedule for review and

approval prior to commencement of work.

B. Point of contact for the job is David Cutrell, Project Manager, at 314-1530. NRHA will

provide a representative to assist contractor to access all required spaces and perform

quality control.

9. COMMUNICATIONS

A. All notices, demands, requests, instructions, approvals, proposals and claims must be in

writing, and be through the NRHA's Contracting Officer. Work performed at the direction of

persons other than NRHA's authorized representatives will be at the Contractor's risk and

NRHA may request that the work be corrected or revised at the Contractor's expense.

B. Any notice to or demand upon the Contractor shall be sufficiently given if delivered at the

offices of the Contractor stated on the signature page of the Agreement (or at such other office as the Contractor may from time to time designate in writing to NRHA), or if deposited in the United States mail in a sealed, postage-prepaid envelope, or delivered with charges prepaid to any telegraph company for transmission, in each case addressed to such office.

C. All papers required to be delivered to NRHA shall, unless otherwise specified in writing to the

Contractor, be delivered to NRHA Housing Operations Center, 910 Ballentine Blvd., Norfolk, Virginia 23504, and any notice to or demand upon NRHA shall be sufficiently given if so delivered, or if deposited in the United States mail in a sealed, postage prepaid envelope, or delivered with charges prepaid to any telegraph company for transmission to NRHA.

D. Any such notice shall be deemed to have been given as of the time of actual delivery or (in

case of mailing) when the same should have been received in due course of post, or in the case of telegrams, at the time of actual receipt, as the case may be.

10. ACCEPTANCE BY NRHA Only written notification from NRHA will constitute final acceptance of any part of the work under

this Contract. 11. PARTIAL USE OF SITE NRHA, at its election, may give notice to the Contractor, establish priority areas for construction and

place in use those sections of the improvements which have been completed, inspected, and can be accepted as complying with the Technical Specifications and if, in its opinion, each such section is reasonably safe, fit and convenient, for the use and accommodation for which it was intended, provided:

A. The use of such sections of the improvements shall in no way impede the completion of the

remainder of the work by the Contractor.



B. The Contractor shall not be responsible for any damages or maintenance costs due directly to

the use of such sections. C. The use of such sections shall in no way relieve the Contractor of his liability due to having

used defective materials or to poor workmanship. D. The period of guarantee stipulated in Paragraph 23, GENERAL GUARANTEE, PART I of

GENERAL CONDITIONS, shall not begin to run until the date of the final acceptance of all work which the Contractor is required to construct under this Contract.

12. FAMILIARITY WITH PROPOSED WORK Bidders are required to examine carefully the Drawings and Specifications and to make a personal

examination of the location and nature of the proposed work. Provide forty-eight (48) hours notice to NRHA before inspection of the site and buildings. In case doubt shall arise as to the meaning or intent of anything shown on the Drawings or comprised in the Specifications, inquiry should be made of NRHA before the proposal is submitted. The submission of a proposal shall be prima facie evidence that the bidder thoroughly understands the Drawings and the terms of the Specifications.

Bidders are assumed to have made themselves familiar with all Federal and State laws, local laws,

ordinances and regulations which in any manner affect the work or its execution, and no plea of misunderstanding will be considered on account of ignorance thereof. If the bidder or Contractor shall discover any provisions in the Specifications or on the Drawings or other Contract Documents which are contrary to or inconsistent with any such law, ordinances, rule or regulations, he shall forthwith report it to NRHA in writing.

13. SATURDAY, SUNDAY OR HOLIDAY WORK Any work performed on Saturday, Sunday or Holidays may be accomplished by the Contractor, only

if a forty-eight (48) hour written notice has been given to NRHA, and such notice is acknowledged and approved in writing by NRHA.

Work on the buildings will be permitted between the hours of 8:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m. 14. SURVEYS The Contractor shall make his own surveys and establish his own working line and grades from the

basic reference lines and bench marks established by the Architect. A record set of as-built Drawings shall be maintained by the Contractor to show the exact location of all underground and aboveground appurtenances. Data information specifying locations of sewer and water improvements along with modifications shall also be provided to the City of Norfolk and Norfolk Redevelopment and Housing Authority. All as-built records shall be certified by the Contractor as to correctness and turned over to the Authority upon completion. The Contractor shall exercise care to preserve basic points and/or monuments and they shall be replaced at the Contractor's expense if disturbed or damaged.

15. EXISTING CONDITIONS AND UTILITIES The existence and location of structures and underground utilities indicated on the Drawings are not

guaranteed and shall be investigated and verified in the field by the Contractor before starting work. The Contractor shall be held responsible for any damage to, and for maintenance and protection of, existing utilities and structures. The Contractor shall notify in advance all public utility companies and private utility owners, which may be affected by any of its work operations.



16. TRAFFIC AND SAFETY PERMITS The Contractor shall furnish and maintain all necessary barricades, bypass signs, warning lights, etc.,

necessary to route and protect traffic during construction, all in compliance with the safety requirements of the City of Norfolk, Virginia.

17. SPECIFICATION AND DRAWING ORGANIZATION A. The organization of the Specifications into division, sections and paragraphs and the

arrangement of Drawings shall not control the Contractor in dividing the work among Subcontractors or in establishing the extent of work to be performed by any trade.

B. The "work included" paragraph under each section of the Specifications is for convenient,

general reference and it is not intended that all work specified, shown or otherwise reasonably inferred as being necessary to produce intended results, be specifically named under this paragraph.

C. All work shall conform to the Contract Documents. No change therefrom shall be made

without first securing written permission from NRHA. D. If any errors or omission appear in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall immediately

notify in writing.

18. "OR EQUAL” CLAUSES It is the intent of the Drawings or Specifications not to exclude products of equal strength, size, and

design capabilities, which conform to aesthetic requirements. The NRHA shall determine the acceptability of a product submitted as an equal. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to provide necessary brochures, samples, strength data, and details to NRHA for consideration.

All submissions presented as equals to products specified shall be submitted within thirty (30) days of

award of contract in order to be considered. Delivery schedule of a certain manufacturer specified herein shall not be a factor for change unless determined within the initial thirty (30) day period, following award of Contract. After the lapse of such thirty (30) day period, only products specified or subsequently approved shall be used with the sole exception of a written verification of the termination of a product's manufacturer.

19. DIMENSIONS In all work shown on the Drawings, figured dimensions are to be followed in all cases, though they

may differ from scaled dimensions. All work and/or dimensions shown on the Drawings are not guaranteed and shall be verified by the Bidder. Before beginning the work, Contractor is to check through all dimensions and call to the attention of NRHA for adjustment, any apparent or manifest discrepancy.

The Contractor shall be responsible for the proper fitting of all work and for the operations of all

trades, subcontractors, and workmen employed by him engaged upon the work. He shall be prepared to guarantee to each of his subcontractors the dimensions which they may require for the fitting of their work to all surrounding work and shall do, or cause his agents to do, all cutting, fitting adjusting and patching necessary to make the several parts of the work come together properly and to fit the work to receive, or be received by, that of other Contractors.



20. OPERATION OF EXISTING FACILITIES If during construction of the new work, it becomes necessary for the Contractor to interrupt the

operations of portions of the existing facilities, brought about by the need to disconnect and reconnect certain items of equipment, piping and other facilities, such disconnections and reconnections shall be made only at such times and in such manner as approved by NRHA in writing, in order to keep to a minimum any interference with proper operation of the existing facilities.

The Contractor shall present to the NRHA for approval the locations of electrical service drops and

water taps he wishes to make for this construction operation. The Contractor shall install check meters for both electrical service and water taps. NRHA will charge the Contractor for the utilities used at NRHA's rates. The meters will be read and billed monthly by NRHA personnel. All work for utility drops shall be at the Contractor's expense.

21. REFERENCE TO STANDARDS Whenever reference is made to the furnishing of materials or testing thereof to conform to the

standards of any technical society, organization, or body, it shall be construed to mean the latest standard code, specification or tentative specification adopted and published at the date of advertisement for bids, even though reference has been made to an earlier standard, and such standards are made a part hereof to the extent which is indicated or intended.

When no reference is made to a code, standard, or specification, the Standard Specification of the

ASTM, the ANSI, the ASME, the AIEE, or the NEMA shall govern. 22. CONDITION OF JOB SITE AND FINAL CLEANUP Contractor shall comply with requirements of all regulatory agencies. Burning or burying of rubbish

or waste on site is prohibited. Do not pollute sanitary sewer or storm water systems with hazardous or volatile fluid wastes.

During construction, oversee cleaning and ensure that building and grounds are maintained free from

accumulations of waste materials and rubbish. Provide on site containers for collection of waste materials, rubbish and debris. Do not allow waste materials, rubbish and debris to accumulate and become an unsightly or hazardous condition. Remove waste materials, rubbish and debris from the site and legally dispose of at public or private dumping areas off the Owner's property, on a daily basis.

Sweep or mop clean interior building areas when ready to receive finish painting and continue

sweeping on an as-needed basis until building is ready for acceptance or occupancy. Lower waste materials in a controlled manner with as few handlings as possible; do not drop or throw materials from heights. Schedule cleaning operations so that dust and other contaminants resulting from cleaning process will not fall on wet, newly painted surfaces.

For final cleaning, use experienced workmen for final cleaning. At completion of construction and

just prior to acceptance or occupancy, conduct a final inspection on exposed interior and exterior surfaces. Remove grease, dust, dirt, stains, labels, fingerprints and other foreign materials from interior and exterior surfaces. Repair, patch and touch-up marred surfaces to match adjacent finishes. Broom-clean paved surfaces; rake clean other surfaces or grounds. Maintain cleaning until the building, or a portion thereof, is accepted by the Owner.

Within ten (10) days after completion of the work and before final acceptance, the Contractor shall,

without charge therefore, tear down and remove all temporary buildings and other structures built by him, shall remove all rubbish of all kinds from any ground which he has occupied, and shall leave the site of the work in a clean and neat condition.



23. WORKING LIMITS The Contractor shall confine his operations within areas designated by NRHA for storage of material,

access, field offices and other features required for performing the work.

24. INSPECTION NRHA will appoint such person or persons as it may deem necessary to properly inspect the materials

furnished and work done under the Contract, and to see that the same strictly correspond with the Drawings and Specifications. Work and materials will be inspected promptly, but if for any reason, delay should occur, the Contractor shall have thereby no claim for damages or extra compensation.

The failure of the Inspector to reject or condemn improper materials and workmanship shall not

prevent NRHA from rejecting materials and workmanship found defective at any time prior to the final acceptance of the complete work, nor shall it be considered as a waiver of any defects which may be discovered later, or as preventing NRHA at any time prior to the expiration of the guarantee period from recovering damages for work actually defective. Forty-eight (48) hours after receiving written notice from NRHA to that effect, the Contractor shall proceed to remove from the site of the work all materials condemned by NRHA, either worked or unworked, and to take down all portions of the work which NRHA shall by written notice condemn as unsatisfactory or improper, or as in any way fail to conform with the Specifications and Drawings, and shall make good any work damaged by such removal.

25. REPORTS Furnish statement daily, if requested, in a form approved by NRHA, stating conditions, general

progress of work, percentage of each kind of work that has been finished, general progress of work that is being executed and approximate date when such work will be finished and delivered.

26. EXISTING CONDITIONS Existing conditions, damaged or otherwise affected by the Contractor's operations shall be restored to

a condition as good as existed before the work was commenced, except where indicated or specified otherwise. Repair or replacement of damaged work shall be at Contractor's expense and shall be of no cost to NRHA. Where new construction adjoins, connects to, or abuts the existing work, the junction shall be made in a substantial, workmanlike and weather tight manner as the case requires. All new work shall match, as nearly as practicable, the existing adjoining and/or adjacent similar work unless indicated or specified otherwise.

Except where specifically designated as being retained or to be reinstalled in the new construction, all

materials and debris resulting from demolition and removal operations, shall be removed by the Contractor at such time during the progress of the work as directed.

27. PERMITS AND LAWS A. Contractor and Subcontractors shall comply with all Federal, State and municipal laws, codes

and ordinances applicable to the work of this Contract, and all regulations of the National Board of Fire Underwriters having jurisdiction.

B. Contractor and Subcontractors shall pay all required fees, obtain and pay for all permits

required in connection with the execution of his work. C. Provide Architect and Owner receipts for building permits as soon as they are issued. Pay

highway fees for damage to sidewalks, streets, or other public property or to any public utilities. Secure certificates of inspection that may be required by authorities having jurisdiction over work.



D. Secure, pay for, other temporary/ permanent permits and/or licenses required. Give legal notices and pay legal fees required for work for Contract unless otherwise specified.

E. If governing laws, codes or ordinances conflict with this Specification, then the laws, codes or

ordinances shall govern ahead of this Specification except where the Specifications exceed them in quality or materials or labor, Specifications shall be followed. When a conflict occurs, notify NRHA in writing before proceeding with the work.

28. SUBMITTALS Six (6) complete schedules of materials and equipment proposed for installation shall be submitted to

the Architect within fifteen (15) days after award of Contract. The schedules shall include equipment catalog cuts, control wiring diagrams, and such other description data as may be required by the Architect. In the event any items of material or equipment contained in the schedule fail to comply with the specification requirements, such items will be rejected and acceptable items must be substituted for the items rejected. If, after expiration of the fifteen (15) day period or any duly authorized extension thereof, the Contractor fails to submit A schedule of acceptable material or equipment covering the rejected items, the Owner reserves the right to select the items, and such selection shall be final and binding upon the Contractor as a condition of the Contract, without additional cost to the Owner.

Partial lists submitted at intervals will be rejected without review. Submittals not arranged in an orderly manner and not enclosed in an appropriate binder or folder will

be rejected without review. Submittals that do not bear the Contractor's stamp of approval thereon will be rejected without review. A. The Contractor shall provide Shop Drawings, samples, catalog cuts and/or schedules required

by these Specifications as specified herein. B. The Contractor shall, upon establishing a construction schedule, submit a schedule of

submittal requirements indicating the approximate dates Shop Drawings, etc., will be submitted and date approval is required. Allow a minimum of ten (10) working days for review.

C. The Shop Drawings, including both Drawings and brochures, shall be categorized to conform

to the Division of the Specifications format; each submittal shall be numbered consecutively. Each submittal of Drawings shall conform to the following:

1. Name of Project 2. Date of Submittal 3. Item No.

4. Division Category 5. Submittal Number 6. Description 7. Location where material or equipment is to be installed

D. Drawings shall be prepared by skilled draftsmen, and shall show necessary plans, elevations,

sections, dimensions and details, including information required for connection to other work and types of materials and finishes.

E. Brochures shall be submitted in the appropriate number of copies to allow for distribution as

indicated in the above paragraph. F. Submit samples in duplicate, of adequate size, showing quality, type, color, range, finish, and

texture, within thirty (30) days of date of Contract. G. Where Specifications require manufacturer's printed installation directions, submit duplicate

copies of such directions with samples and transmittal letter requesting approval.



H. A transmittal shall accompany each submittal, giving a description of each item with the

submittal.

I. The Shop Drawings submitted have been examined by the Contractor and shall bear a notation over his signature stating that to the best of his knowledge, they conform to the requirements of the Contract.

J. Drawings shall be submitted in the form of one (1) blue line direct print and one (1)

reproducible print of each sheet. Drawings will be checked, using the direct print for a rough draft of corrections and for notations. These will then be transferred to the reproducible print, which will bear the notation of the type of approval of re-submittal requirements and returned to the Contractor.

K. Contractor, in every case, shall submit a suitable number of copies or sets of submittal data to

insure the return of submission after the Architect retains the number of sets referred to above. L. Contractor shall make corrections in the submittal data as requested by the Architect and

resubmit the requested number of corrected copies with reasonable promptness. Unless the corrections or changes requested by the Architect are deviations from the Drawings and Specifications, any time delay caused by correcting the resubmitted Shop Drawings will be the responsibility of the Contractor.

M. The Architect's release of submittal data will not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for

deviation from Drawings or Specifications, unless such deviations have been approved specifically in writing by the Architect, nor shall it relieve him from the responsibility for errors of any sort in the submittal data.

N. All equipment, materials, etc., used shall comply and be in strict accordance with the released

Shop Drawings and samples on file in NRHA’s office. O. Prepay transportation charges to NRHA on samples forwarded. P. Label each sample with material name, quality, contractor's name, date, project name and

number, and other pertinent data. Q. Subcontractor shall submit samples to the Contractor, and the Contractor shall determine that

such meet the requirements of the Specifications and then forward the samples of all materials to be selected in one (1) transmittal to NRHA.

R. Where color samples and chips are required, submit the full range of the manufacturer's

standards.

29. PROTECTION FROM THE WEATHER The Contractor shall maintain weather tight openings during the course of this Contract. No

openings shall be exposed to the weather for untended periods of time. Any damage to the structure, caused by negligence or lack of care by the Contractor, shall be restored to their former condition by the contractor at no expense to the Owner.

30. PROGRESS PAYMENTS AND REPORTS

The progress payments will be made only upon submission of properly completed forms as set forth in the contract. The Contractor shall furnish a statement each month, if requested, in a form approved by NRHA, stating conditions, general progress of work, percentage of each kind of work that has been finished, general progress of work that is being executed and approximate date when such work will be finished and delivered. The Contractor and Subcontractors will also be required to submit all forms required pursuant to Section 00900 – Appendix prior to receiving each progress payment.


Schedule of Drawings 00810-1

SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS

These drawings are provided to show the extent of work, location and general information.

Contractor shall be responsible for checking pertinent dimensions and quantities in the field.

NOTE:

THE FOLLOWING DRAWINGS ARE BOUND SEPARATE OF THIS PROJECT MANUAL.

Additional as-built drawings are available for review in the Engineer’s Office at the NRHA

Housing Operations Center, 910 Ballentine Blvd., Norfolk, Virginia

G100 COVER SHEET

Mechanical:

M001 MECHANICAL LEGEND, SCHEDULES AND DETAILS

M101 MECHANICAL FIRST FLOOR - AREA D FLOOR PLANS

M102 MECHANICAL THIRD FLOOR - AREA A FLOOR PLANS

M103 MECHANICAL THIRD FLOOR - AREA B FLOOR PLANS

M104 MECHANICAL THIRD FLOOR - AREA C FLOOR PLANS

M105 MECHANICAL ROOF PLAN - AREA D – DEMOLITION

M106 MECHANICAL ROOF PLAN - AREA D - NEW WORK

Electrical:

E101 ELECTRICAL FIRST FLOOR - AREA D FLOOR PLANS

E102 ELECTRICAL THIRD FLOOR - AREA A FLOOR PLANS

E103 ELECTRICAL THIRD FLOOR - AREA B FLOOR PLANS

E104 ELECTRICAL THIRD FLOOR - AREA C FLOOR PLANS

E105 ELECTRICAL ROOF PLAN - AREA D - DEMOLITION

E106 ELECTRICAL ROOF PLAN - AREA D - NEW WORK


Contract Submittals and Closeout Documentation 00820-1

CONTRACT SUBMITTALS AND CLOSEOUT DOCUMENTATION

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Provisions of this contract including other divisions within these specifications and

drawings apply to this section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This section includes administrative and procedural requirements for contract submittals

and closeout documentation including, but not limited to, the following:

1. Record Project Document Submittal Register

2. Record Product Data Submittals

3. Record Sample Submittals

4. Miscellaneous Record Submittals

5. Operations & Maintenance Manuals

6. List of Manufacturers & Suppliers

7. Record Drawings

8. Record Specifications

B. Instructions and assembly for Closeout documentation.

1.3 CLOSEOUT DOCUMENTATION

A. General: Do not use record documents for construction purposes. Protect record

documents from deterioration and loss in a secure fire resistant location. Provide record

documents for the owners review during the course of construction at each project

meeting and upon request by owner. All original record documents shall be given to

owner upon substantial completion. Additional closeout requirements for specific

administrative and constructive activities included in the project specifications and

drawings also apply as required if not covered under this section.

B. Project Record Document Submittal Register shall be submitted as a submittal at the start

of the project. Register shall be updated during the course of the project as requested by

the owner and as additional submittals are submitted. Register shall provide the following

information:

1. Project Title, NRHA contract number and distribution (Distribution is determined

at pre-con meeting. As a minimum; Owner project personnel and their

consultants.)



2. Columns for: Division, Spec Section Title, Description, Sent date, Return date,

Status (approved, resubmit, approved w/comments), Submittal number, and

Subcontractor/Agency.

All divisions, including administrative and technical sections; and Drawings shall

be included on the register. Submit Submittal Register upon substantial

completion of project. Status of all submittals shall be approved for final project

acceptance.

C. Record Product Data Submittals: Maintain one copy of each Product Data submittal for

review during construction period.

Note: related change orders and markup of record drawings and specifications.

1. Mark these documents to show significant variations in actual work performed in

comparison with information submitted. Include variations in products delivered

to the site and from manufactures installation instructions and recommendations.

2. Give particular attention to concealed products and portions of the work that

cannot otherwise be readily discerned later by direct observation.

3. Make record documents available to owner at any time requested and at each

progress review meeting. Submit complete set of Record Product Data Submittal

originals upon substantial completion for approval with closeout documentation.

D. Record Sample Submitted: Maintain samples on site for reference. Prior to substantial

completion, the contractor shall meet with the owner at the site to determine which

samples are to be transmitted to the owner for record purposes. Comply with owners

instructions regarding delivery to the owners sample storage area.

E. Miscellaneous Record Submittals: Refer to other specification sections and drawings

for requirements of record keeping, special inspections, and other miscellaneous

instructions and/or records in connection with actual performance of the work. Submit to

owner upon substantial completion for approval with closeout documentation.

F. Operations & Maintenance Manuals: Organize operation and maintenance data into

suitable sets of manageable size. Bind properly indexed data, and mark appropriate

identification on each binder. Review O&M data with owner for assembly, format, and

approval prior to incorporating on site training and operations. Include the following

types of information;

1. Emergency instructions

2. Spare parts list

3. Copies of warranties and warranty card information completed by contractor.

Obtain owners signature as required to complete the warranty process.

4. Wiring Diagrams, valve schedules, panel schedules, equipment schedules, etc.

5. Preventive & inspection maintenance operations procedures

6. Shop drawings and product data.



G. List of Manufactures and Suppliers: Provide listings of all subcontractors,

manufacturers, and suppliers who participated in the construction of or furnished

materials and equipment or assembly for the project. The name, address, and telephone

number of each firm shall be listed with the type(s) of equipment or materials (including

manufacturer and model number) furnished or work performed. Submit to owner upon

substantial completion for approval with closeout documentation.

H. Record Drawings: Maintain a clean, undamaged set of contract drawings. Red-line set

to show actual installed conditions. Where shop drawings are used, cross reference to

corresponding location on the contract drawings. Give particular attention to concealed

locations and make required measurements from reference locations. Record drawings

shall be made available for owners review upon request and provided at each progress

review meeting. Submit original mark-up drawings to owner upon substantial completion

for approval.

I. Record Specifications: Maintain one complete copy of the project manual including

addenda. Include with the project manual written construction documents such as change

orders, RFI’s, design changes, etc., and modifications issued in printed form during

construction. Mark these documents to show variations in actual work. Note any record

drawing information and product data. Specifications records shall be made available for

owners review upon request and provided at each progress review meeting. Submit to

owner upon substantial completion for approval with closeout documentation.

PART 2 –PRODUCTS (Not applicable)

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.1 SUBMITTALS AND CLOSE-OUT PROCEDURE:

In addition to the requirements contained in sections elsewhere within the project specifications

and drawings, prior to acceptance of substantial completion, submit the following:

Submit 2 originals; 1 copy per community (hard copies) and 1 CD (PDF Format) where work is

performed, of all record documents in PART 1. Review with owner on format and assembly of

documents. The following format is provided as a minimum but shall not be limited to;

A. All documents submitted under PART 1 of this specification shall be 3-ring bounded and assembled as

follows:

1. Submittal Register: This shall be used as the table-of-contents.

2. Divisions: A tab labeled by each division shall be included. Each tab shall have

the following documents;

a. Record Specifications

b. Record Product Data Submittals

c. Operations & Maintenance Manuals

d. List of Manufactures & Suppliers



B. Operations & Maintenance Instructions:

Arrange for each installer of equipment that requires regular maintenance to meet with

the owner’s personnel to provide instruction in proper operation and maintenance.

Provide instruction by manufacturer’s representative if installers are not experienced in

the operation and maintenance procedures.

Include a detailed review of the following but not limited to: Maintenance manual,

Record documents, spare parts & materials, tools, lubricants, fuels, identification

systems, control sequences, hazards, cleaning, warranty, and preventive maintenance

procedures. As part of the instructions on operating the equipment, demonstrate

procedures for Start-up, Shutdown, Emergency operations, Safety procedures, Economy,

Efficiency and Effective energy utilization.


Section 3 Information/Appendix 00900-1

SECTION 3 INFORMATION/APPENDIX

WHAT IS SECTION 3?

It is a means by which HUD fosters local economic development, neighborhood economic

improvement, and individual self-sufficiency. Section 3 is the legal basis for providing

jobs for residents and awarding contracts to businesses in areas receiving certain types of

HUD financial assistance.

Under Section 3 of the HUD Act of 1968, wherever HUD financial assistance is extended

for housing or community development, to the greatest extent feasible, economic

opportunities will be given to Section 3 residents and businesses in that area.

SECTION 3 POLICY

Congress established the Section 3 policy to guarantee that the employment and other

economic opportunities created by Federal financial assistance for housing and community

development programs should, if possible, be directed toward low- and very-low income

persons, particularly those who are recipients of government assistance for housing.

WHO ARE SECTION 3 RESIDENTS?

Section 3 residents are:

Public housing residents

Low and very-low income persons who live in the metropolitan area or non-

metropolitan county where a HUD-assisted project for housing or community

development is located

Determining Income Levels

Low income is defined as 80% or below the median income of that area

Median incomes can be found for this area by using the attached income limits for

Norfolk-Virginia Beach-Newport News and Hampton Road area.

Very low income is defined as 50% or below of the median income for that area



WHAT IS A SECTION 3 BUSINESS

& WHAT TYPES OF ECONOMIC OPPORTUNITIES ARE

AVAILABLE

A business:

That is at least 51 percent or more owned by Section 3 residents,

Whose permanent, full-time employees include persons, at least 30 percent of

whom are currently Section 3 residents, or within three years of the date of first

employment with the business concern were Section 3 residents, or

That provide evidence of a commitment to subcontract in excess of 25 percent of

the dollar award of all subcontracts to be awarded to a Section 3 business concern

Type of Opportunities:

Job training

Employment

Contracts

Examples include:

Administrative/Management:

Accounting/Payroll/Research/Bookkeeping/Purchasing/Word Processing

Services:

Appliance repair/Florists/Marketing/Carpet Installation/

Janitorial/Photography/Catering/Landscaping/Printing/

Computer Information/Manufacturing/Transportation

Construction:

Architecture/Bricklaying/Carpentry/Cement/Masonry/

Demolition/Drywall/Electrical/Construction/Engineering/

Fencing/Heating/Iron Works/Machine/Operation/Painting/

Plastering/Plumbing/Surveying/Tile Setting

For additional information, refer to the HUD Section 3 Brochure available:

www.hud.gov/offices/fheo/section3/section3brochure.cfm

http://www.hud.gov/offices/fheo/section3/section3brochure.cfm



General Contractor, Developer and Subcontractors

EXISTING EMPLOYEE LIST

A. PROJECT NAME AND LOCATION __________________________________________________________________________ Type or Print Legibly

B. CONTRACTOR ____________________________________________________________________________________________

C. DATE _________________________ D. ____________________________________________________________________ Signature of Owner or Authorized Representative

E. TELEPHONE – Office _________________ Alternate __________________ Email Address _____________________________

Please list all of your current employees (a company printout is acceptable). This is a one-time submittal for each contractual agreement that provides NRHA with benchmark data to gauge changes in your workforce activities.

EMPLOYEE NAME

DATE OF EMPLOYMENT

JOB

CATEGORY/TRADE



General Contractor, Developer or Subcontractors

SECTION 3 EMPLOYMENT PLAN

A. PROJECT NAME AND LOCATION __________________________________________________________________________ Type or Print Legibly

B. CONTRACTOR ____________________________________________________________________________________________


E. TELEPHONE – Office _________________ Alternate __________________ Email Address _____________________________

Please list anticipated employment opportunities for this project. NRHA will review the data and follow up with you to collaborate on how to conduct outreach and referrals for Section 3 residents. This form is only submitted once for each contract agreement.

Job Title

Hiring Goals (HUD Goal is 30% of all new employees)

Number of Positions

Needed

Total # Hours

Expected

Anticipated

Wage or Salary




SECTION 3 TRAINING PLAN

A. PROJECT NAME AND LOCATION ________________________________________________________________________________ Type or Print Legibly

B. CONTRACTOR __________________________________________________________________________________________________


E. TELEPHONE – Office _________________ Alternate ___________________ Email Address ____________________________

Please list anticipated training opportunities for this project. NRHA will review the data and follow up with you to collaborate on how to conduct outreach and referrals for Section 3 residents. This form is only submitted once for each contract agreement.

(A)

Describe Anticipated Training

(B)

Number of Expected

Training Hours by

(C)

Type of Training:

Classroom Training (CRT)

On-the-Job Training (OJT)

Both (BOTH)

(D)

Opportunities

Available




SECTION 3 CONTRACTING PLAN

A. PROJECT NAME AND LOCATION ________________________________________________________________________________ Type or Print Legibly

B. CONTRACTOR __________________________________________________________________________________________________


E. TELEPHONE – Office _________________ Alternate ___________________ Email Address ____________________________

Please list anticipated contract opportunities for this project. NRHA will review the data and follow up with you to collaborate on how to conduct outreach and referrals for Section 3 contractors. This form is only submitted once for each contract agreement.

A.

List Contract Opportunities and Describe

Briefly

B

Approximate Dollar Value

C

Construction

(Y/N)

1.

$

Yes___ No ___

2.

$ ___________________

Yes___ No ___

3.

$ ___________________

Yes___ No ___

4.

$ ___________________

Yes___ No ___



SECTION 3 BUSINESS CONCERN CERTIFICATE

The undersigned being duly sworn, on oath, represents, warrants, certifies, deposes and

says, under penalty of law, as follows:

BASIC INFORMATION

The following information is true and correct:

1. Name of Company:

2. Company Address:

3. Type of Business (corporation, partnership, sole proprietorship, joint venture):

4. Project(s) Name(s) and Address(es)

Name/Type of Contract:



TYPE OF SECTION 3 BUSINESS CONCERN

1. Is the Company a Section 3 Business Concern?

YES NO

Is this business at least 51% or more owned by Section 3 residents?

YES NO

Do 30% of permanent, full-time employees include persons, currently Section 3

residents, or within three years of date of first employment with the business were

Section 3 residents?

YES NO

Is this a business that can provide evidence of a commitment to subcontract in

excess of 25% of the dollar award of all subcontracts to Section 3 business

concerns?

YES NO



VERIFICATION

The company hereby agrees to provide, upon request, documents verifying the information

provided on this form.

Under penalty of perjury, I certify that I am the ________________________(Title) of the

Company, that I am authorized by the Company to execute this affidavit on its behalf, that I

have personal knowledge of the certifications made in this affidavit and that the same are

true.

Name (Signature)

Name (Printed)

State of VIRGINIA

City of

Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of 20

Notary Public __

My Commission Expires:



SECTION 3 RESIDENT CERTIFICATE For New Hires and/or Current Employees.

Please complete the following information and sign your name.

The undersigned, represents, warrants, certifies, deposes and says, under penalty of law, as follows:

1. My current address is (give street address, city, state, and zip code) ___________________

2. I am_______ am not________ a resident of public housing. If so, please give the

3. name of your public housing community, City and State

___________________________________________________________________

4. I am am not being assisted by a (Section 8) Housing Choice voucher.

If so, please give the name of the agency that issued your Housing Choice Voucher.

5. The total number of individuals in my family (include all family members currently living

in the household) is ___________.

6. Find your family size in the box below. Is your family income less than the income listed

in the box for your family size? YES_____ N0_____

1

PERSON

2

PERSON

3

PERSON

4

PERSON

5

PERSON

6

PERSON

7

PERSON

8

PERSON

39,700 45,400 51,050 56,700 61,250 65,800 70,350 74,850

7. I understand that the information above relating to the size and annual income of my family

may require verification.

I agree to provide upon request documents verifying this information and I authorize my employer

to release information required for the United States Department of Housing and Urban

Development, the prime and/or sub-contractors, and/or the Norfolk Redevelopment and Housing

Authority to verify my status as a “Section 3 Resident” under Section 3 of the Housing and Urban

Development Act of 1968, as amended (and the related regulations).

Please print your name Please sign your name (Signature)

NAME OF EMPLOYER:

COMPANY’S CONTRACTING

COMPLIANCE OFFICER’S SIGNATURE



FY 2015 INCOME LIMITS

FOR

NORFOLK – VIRGINIA BEACH – NEWPORT NEWS

and the surrounding Standard Metropolitan Area

NOTE: AREA MEDIAN INCOME FOR 4 PERSON HOUSEHOLD = $56,700.00

FAMILY SIZE ADJUSTMENTS:

The only criteria used to determine Section 3 eligibility is household income and family size. The

table below provides a quick reference.

Example:

Refer to the table below. Find the family size 4 in row 1. An individual states his annual family

income is $41,000 and he or she has 4 persons in the family. Because the maximum income does

not exceed $56,700.00 in row 2 for a family of 4, this individual is considered to be a Section 3

resident.

Number of Persons in Family and Maximum Family Income

Number

Of

Persons

In Family

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

Maximum

Income

For

Family Size

39,700 45,400 51,050 56,700 61,250 65,800 70,350 74,850

Income limits for families with more than eight persons are not included in the printed lists because

of space limitations. Confer with the Department of Procurement and Economic Opportunities if an

individual declares more than 8 family members.



General Contractor, Developer and Subcontractors

Section 3 Interim Report

EMPLOYMENT, TRAINING AND CONTRACTING

Project Name __________________________________________________ Reporting Period - From ________________ To __________________

Contractor ____________________________________________________ Subcontractor ______________________________________________

Telephone Office Alternate ____________________ _____________________________________________ Authorized Representative (Print)

Section 3 Business? YES NO If “YES,” submit the “Section 3 Business Affidavit.” ______________________________________________________ Authorized Representative (Signature)

This form provides NRHA with employment, training and contract updates and should be submitted each quarter OR with each progress pay after the initial submittal of your Section 3

CONTRACTING ACTIVITIES

COMPANY NAME

BUSINESS ADDRESS

BUSINESS PHONE

GENERAL CONTRACTOR

OR TRADE SPECIALTY

SUB- CONTRACTOR

YES OR NO

CONTRACT AWARD

DATE

CONTRACT AWARD

AMOUNT

OWNER’S ETHNIC &

GENDER CODE

TOTAL NUMBER EMPLOYEES

NUMBER OF SECTION 3

EMPLOYEES

RECRUITING METHODS

CODE

EMPLOYEES /NEW HIRES

EMPLOYEE NAME

EMPLOYEE TITLE

HIRE DATE

TERMINATION DATE

EMPLOYEE HIRE AND

TERMINATION DATE

TRAINING TRADES TITLE TO BE PROVIDED

OJT or CRT

JOB or TRAINING TRADE TITLE

SECTION 3 CODE

REFERRAL SOURCE

CODE

RECRUITING METHODS

CODE

1. African Americans 2. White Americans 3. Native Americans 4. Hispanic Americans 5 . Asian/Pacific Americans 6. Hasidic Jews F = Female M = Male

2. Public Housing Project Area Resident 3. Public Housing Non Project Area Resident (includes Section 8) 4. Youth Build 5. Empowerment Zone, Norfolk, V A 6. Hampton Roads, VA – Metropolitan Stastical Area

*If other than NRHA Public Housing Resident, please complete Section 3 Resident Certificate when employee is first added to Report

I NRHA Resident Services Specialist/HOPE V1 CSS Caseworker 2. Empowerment 2010 3 Other

1. NRHA Resident Services Specialist/ HOPE VI CSS Caseworker Referrals

2 Newspaper/Flyers 3 Temporary Agency 4 Other


Technical Specifications TOC

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DIVISION 23 – MECHANICAL

230100 BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS

230513 MOTORS

230523 GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING

230529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING &

EQUIPMENT

230553 MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION

230593 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC

230719 HVAC PIPING INSULATION

231123 FUEL GAS PIPING

232113 HYDRONIC PIPING

232500 HVAC WATER TREATMENT

235216 CONDENSING BOILERS

237413 ROOFTOP AIR CONDITIONERS

DIVISION 26 – ELECTRICAL

260510 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL

260519 CONDUCTORS AND CABLES

260526 GROUNDING AND BONDING

260529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

260533 RACEWAYS AND BOXES

260553 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION

262813 FUSES

262816 ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS


BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 230100 - 1

SECTION 230100 - BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS

PART 1 - GENERAL


A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and

Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the following:

1. Piping materials and installation instructions common to most piping systems.

2. Dielectric fittings.

3. Equipment installation requirements common to equipment sections.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Finished Spaces: Spaces other than mechanical and electrical equipment rooms, furred spaces, pipe and

duct shafts, unheated spaces immediately below roof, spaces above ceilings, unexcavated spaces,

crawlspaces, and tunnels.

B. Exposed, Interior Installations: Exposed to view indoors. Examples include finished occupied spaces

and mechanical equipment rooms.

C. Exposed, Exterior Installations: Exposed to view outdoors or subject to outdoor ambient temperatures

and weather conditions. Examples include rooftop locations.

D. Concealed, Interior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from physical contact by building

occupants. Examples include above ceilings and in duct shafts.

E. Concealed, Exterior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from weather conditions and

physical contact by building occupants but subject to outdoor ambient temperatures. Examples include

installations within unheated shelters.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Welding certificates.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Steel Pipe Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel

Code: Section IX, "Welding and Brazing Qualifications."

1. Comply with provisions in ASME B31 Series, "Code for Pressure Piping."

2. Certify that each welder has passed AWS qualification tests for welding processes involved and

that certification is current.



B. Electrical Characteristics for Mechanical Equipment: Equipment of higher electrical characteristics may

be furnished provided such proposed equipment is approved in writing and connecting electrical services,

circuit breakers, and conduit sizes are appropriately modified. If minimum energy ratings or efficiencies

are specified, equipment shall comply with requirements.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PIPE, TUBE, AND FITTINGS

A. Refer to individual Division 23 piping Sections for pipe, tube, and fitting materials and joining methods.

B. Pipe Threads: ASME B1.20.1 for factory-threaded pipe and pipe fittings.

2.2 JOINING MATERIALS

A. Refer to individual Division 23 piping Sections for special joining materials not listed below.

B. Pipe-Flange Gasket Materials: ASME B16.21, nonmetallic, flat, asbestos-free, 1/8-inch (3.2-mm)

maximum thickness unless thickness or specific material is indicated.

C. Welding Filler Metals: Comply with AWS D10.12.

2.3 DIELECTRIC FITTINGS

A. Description: Combination fitting of copper alloy and ferrous materials with threaded, solder-joint, plain,

or weld-neck end connections that match piping system materials.

B. Insulating Material: Suitable for system fluid, pressure, and temperature.

C. Dielectric Unions: Factory-fabricated, union assembly, for 250-psig (1725-kPa) minimum working

pressure at 180 deg F (82 deg C).

D. Dielectric Flanges: Factory-fabricated, companion-flange assembly, for 150- or 300-psig (1035- or 2070-

kPa) minimum working pressure as required to suit system pressures.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 MECHANICAL DEMOLITION

A. Refer to Division 1 Sections "Cutting and Patching" and "Selective Demolition" for general

demolition requirements and procedures.

B. Disconnect, demolish, and remove mechanical systems, equipment, and components indicated

to be removed.

1. Piping to Be Removed: Remove portion of piping indicated to be removed and cap or

plug remaining piping with same or compatible piping material.



2. Piping to Be Abandoned in Place: Drain piping and cap or plug piping with same or

compatible piping material.

3. Equipment to Be Removed: Disconnect and cap services and remove equipment.

4. Equipment to Be Removed and Reinstalled: Disconnect and cap services and remove,

clean, and store equipment; when appropriate, reinstall, reconnect, and make equipment

operational.

C. If pipe, insulation, or equipment to remain is damaged in appearance or is unserviceable,

remove damaged or unserviceable portions and replace with new products of equal capacity and

quality.

3.2 PIPING SYSTEMS - COMMON REQUIREMENTS

A. Install piping according to the following requirements and Division 23 Sections specifying piping

systems.

B. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping systems.

Indicated locations and arrangements were used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, pump

sizing, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are

approved on Coordination Drawings.

C. Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right angles or

parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise.

D. Install piping to permit valve servicing.

E. Install piping at indicated slopes.

F. Install piping free of sags and bends.

G. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections.

H. Install piping to allow application of insulation.

I. Select system components with pressure rating equal to or greater than system operating pressure.

J. Verify final equipment locations for roughing-in.

K. Refer to equipment specifications in other Sections of these Specifications for roughing-in requirements.

3.3 PIPING JOINT CONSTRUCTION

A. Join pipe and fittings according to the following requirements and Division 23 Sections specifying piping

systems.

B. Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe.

C. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings before assembly.

D. Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B1.20.1. Cut threads full

and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore full ID. Join pipe

fittings and valves as follows:



1. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads unless dry seal threading is

specified.

2. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or damaged.

Do not use pipe sections that have cracked or open welds.

E. Welded Joints: Construct joints according to AWS D10.12, using qualified processes and welding

operators according to Part 1 "Quality Assurance" Article.

3.4 PIPING CONNECTIONS

A. Make connections according to the following, unless otherwise indicated:

1. Install unions, in piping NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller, adjacent to each valve and at final connection

to each piece of equipment.

3.5 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION - COMMON REQUIREMENTS

A. Install equipment to allow maximum possible headroom unless specific mounting heights are not

indicated.

B. Install equipment level and plumb, parallel and perpendicular to other building systems and components

in exposed interior spaces, unless otherwise indicated.

C. Install mechanical equipment to facilitate service, maintenance, and repair or replacement of components.

Connect equipment for ease of disconnecting, with minimum interference to other installations. Extend

grease fittings to accessible locations.

D. Install equipment to allow right of way for piping installed at required slope.

END OF SECTION 230100


MOTORS 230513 - 1

SECTION 230513 - MOTORS

PART 1 - GENERAL




1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes basic requirements for motors.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Factory-Installed Motor: A motor installed by motorized-equipment manufacturer as a component of

equipment.

B. Field-Installed Motor: A motor installed at Project site and not factory installed as an integral component

of motorized equipment.


A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, “National

Electrical Code.”

B. Comply with NFPA 70.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MOTOR REQUIREMENTS

A. Motor requirements apply to factory-installed and field-installed motors, except as follows:

1. Different ratings, performance, or characteristics for a motor are specified in another Section.

2. Manufacturer for a factory-installed motor requires ratings, performance, or characteristics, other

than those specified in this Section, to meet performance specified.

2.2 MOTOR CHARACTERISTICS

A. Motors 3/4 HP and Larger: Three phase.

B. Motors smaller than 3/4 HP: Single phase.

C. Frequency Rating: 60 Hz.


MOTORS 230513 - 2

D. Voltage Rating: NEMA standard voltage selected to operate on nominal circuit voltage to which motor is

connected.

E. Service Factor: 1.15 for open dripproof motors; 1.0 for totally enclosed motors.

F. Duty: Continuous duty at ambient temperature of 105 deg F (40 deg C) and at altitude of 3300 ft (1005 m)

above sea level.

G. Capacity and Torque Characteristics: Sufficient to start, accelerate, and operate connected loads at

designated speeds, at installed altitude and environment, with indicated operating sequence, and without

exceeding nameplate ratings or considering service factor.

H. Enclosure: Open dripproof.

2.3 POLYPHASE MOTORS

A. Description: NEMA MG 1, Design B.

B. Stator: Copper windings, unless otherwise indicated.

1. Multispeed motors shall have separate winding for each speed.

C. Rotor: Squirrel cage, unless otherwise indicated.

D. Bearings: Double-shielded, prelubricated ball bearings suitable for radial and thrust loading.

E. Temperature Rise: Match insulation rating, unless otherwise indicated.

F. Insulation: Class F, unless otherwise indicated.

G. Code Letter Designation:

1. Motors 1/2 HP and Larger: NEMA starting Code F or G.

2. Motors smaller than 1/2 HP: Manufacturer's standard starting characteristic.

H. Enclosure: Cast iron for motors 1/2 hp and larger; rolled steel for motors smaller than 1/2 hp.

1. Finish: Chemical resistant paint over corrosion resistant primer.

2.4 POLYPHASE MOTORS WITH ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

A. Rugged-Duty Motors: Totally enclosed, with 1.25 minimum service factor, greased bearings, integral

condensate drains, and capped relief vents. Windings insulated with nonhygroscopic material.

1. Finish: Chemical-resistant paint over corrosion-resistant primer.

2.5 SINGLE-PHASE MOTORS

A. Type: One of the following, to suit starting torque and requirements of specific motor application:

1. Permanent-split capacitor.

2. Split-phase start, capacitor run.


MOTORS 230513 - 3

3. Capacitor start, capacitor run.

B. Thermal Protection: Internal protection to automatically open power supply circuit to motor when winding

temperature exceeds a safe value calibrated to temperature rating of motor insulation. Thermal-protection

device shall automatically reset when motor temperature returns to normal range.

C. Bearings: Ball type for belt-connected motors and other motors with high radial forces on motor shaft;

sealed, prelubricated-sleeve type for other single-phase motors.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 MOTOR INSTALLATION

A. Anchor each motor assembly to base, adjustable rails, or other support, arranged and sized according to

manufacturer's written instructions.

3.2 ADJUSTING

A. Align motors, bases, shafts, pulleys and belts. Tension belts according to manufacturer's written

instructions.


THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK


GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING 230523 - 1

SECTION 230523 - GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING

PART 1 - GENERAL


A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary

Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Brass ball valves.

2. Bronze ball valves.

3. Bronze gate valves.

4. Bronze globe valves.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. CWP: Cold working pressure.

B. EPDM: Ethylene propylene copolymer rubber.

C. NBR: Acrylonitrile-butadiene, Buna-N, or nitrile rubber.

D. NRS: Nonrising stem.

E. OS&Y: Outside screw and yoke.

F. RS: Rising stem.

G. SWP: Steam working pressure.

1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of valve indicated.


A. Source Limitations for Valves: Obtain each type of valve from single source from single

manufacturer.

B. ASME Compliance:



1. ASME B31.1 for power piping valves.

2. ASME B31.9 for building services piping valves.

1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Prepare valves for shipping as follows:

1. Protect internal parts against rust and corrosion.

2. Protect threads, flange faces, grooves, and weld ends.

3. Set gate, and globe valves closed to prevent rattling.

4. Set ball valves open to minimize exposure of functional surfaces.

B. Use the following precautions during storage:

1. Maintain valve end protection.

2. Store valves indoors and maintain at higher than ambient dew point temperature. If

outdoor storage is necessary, store valves off the ground in watertight enclosures.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR VALVES

A. Refer to HVAC valve schedule articles for applications of valves.

B. Valve Pressure and Temperature Ratings: Not less than indicated and as required for system

pressures and temperatures.

C. Valve Sizes: Same as upstream piping unless otherwise indicated.

D. Valve Actuator Types:

1. Handwheel: For valves other than quarter-turn types.

2. Handlever: For quarter-turn valves NPS 6 (DN 150) and smaller except plug valves.

E. Valves in Insulated Piping: With 2-inch (50-mm) stem extensions and the following features:

1. Gate Valves: With rising stem.

2. Ball Valves: With extended operating handle of non-thermal-conductive material, and

protective sleeve that allows operation of valve without breaking the vapor seal or

disturbing insulation.

F. Valve-End Connections:

1. Solder Joint: With sockets according to ASME B16.18.

2. Threaded: With threads according to ASME B1.20.1.



2.2 BRONZE BALL VALVES

A. Three-Piece, Full-Port, Bronze Ball Valves with Stainless-Steel Trim:

1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers

offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,

the following:

a. Conbraco Industries, Inc.; Apollo Valves.

b. Hammond Valve.

c. Milwaukee Valve Company.

d. NIBCO INC.

2. Description:

a. Standard: MSS SP-110.

b. SWP Rating: 150 psig (1035 kPa).

c. CWP Rating: 600 psig (4140 kPa).

d. Body Design: Three piece.

e. Body Material: Bronze.

f. Ends: Threaded.

g. Seats: PTFE or TFE.

h. Stem: Stainless steel.

i. Ball: Stainless steel, vented.

j. Port: Full.

2.3 BRONZE GATE VALVES

A. Class 125, NRS Bronze Gate Valves:

a. Hammond Valve.

b. Milwaukee Valve Company.

c. NIBCO INC.

2. Description:

a. Standard: MSS SP-80, Type 1.

b. CWP Rating: 200 psig (1380 kPa).

c. Body Material: ASTM B 62, bronze with integral seat and screw-in bonnet.

d. Ends: Threaded or solder joint.

e. Stem: Bronze.

f. Disc: Solid wedge; bronze.

g. Packing: Asbestos free.

h. Handwheel: Malleable iron.

2.4 BRONZE GLOBE VALVES

A. Class 125, Bronze Globe Valves with Bronze Disc:

http://www.specagent.com/LookUp/?ulid=6022&mf=04&mf=95&src=wd&mf=04&src=wd

http://www.specagent.com/LookUp/?uid=123456828950&mf=04&src=wd









a. Hammond Valve.

b. Milwaukee Valve Company.

c. NIBCO INC.

2. Description:

a. Standard: MSS SP-80, Type 1.

b. CWP Rating: 200 psig (1380 kPa).

c. Body Material: ASTM B 62, bronze with integral seat and screw-in bonnet.

d. Ends: Threaded or solder joint.

e. Stem and Disc: Bronze.

f. Packing: Asbestos free.

g. Handwheel: Malleable iron.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine valve interior for cleanliness, freedom from foreign matter, and corrosion. Remove

special packing materials, such as blocks, used to prevent disc movement during shipping and

handling.

B. Operate valves in positions from fully open to fully closed. Examine guides and seats made

accessible by such operations.

C. Examine threads on valve and mating pipe for form and cleanliness.

D. Do not attempt to repair defective valves; replace with new valves.

3.2 VALVE INSTALLATION

A. Install valves with unions or flanges at each piece of equipment arranged to allow service,

maintenance, and equipment removal without system shutdown.

B. Locate valves for easy access and provide separate support where necessary.

C. Install valves in horizontal piping with stem at or above center of pipe.

D. Install valves in position to allow full stem movement.

3.3 ADJUSTING

A. Adjust or replace valve packing after piping systems have been tested and put into service but

before final adjusting and balancing. Replace valves if persistent leaking occurs.






3.4 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR VALVE APPLICATIONS

A. If valve applications are not indicated, use the following:

1. Shutoff Service: Ball, or gate valves.

2. Throttling Service except Steam: Globe or ball valves.

B. If valves with specified SWP classes or CWP ratings are not available, the same types of valves

with higher SWP classes or CWP ratings may be substituted.

C. Select valves, except wafer types, with the following end connections:

1. For Copper Tubing, NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and Smaller: Threaded ends except where

solder-joint valve-end option is indicated in valve schedules below.

3.5 HEATING-WATER VALVE SCHEDULE

A. Pipe NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and Smaller:

1. Brass Valves: Threaded ends.

2. Ball Valves: Three piece, full port, bronze with stainless-steel trim.

3. Bronze Gate Valves: Class 125, NRS, bronze.

4. Bronze Globe Valves: Class 125, bronze disc.




HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING & EQUIPMENT 230529 - 1

SECTION 230529 – HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING & EQUIPMENT

PART 1 - GENERAL




1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes hangers and supports for mechanical system piping and equipment.

1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Design channel support systems for piping to support multiple pipes capable of supporting combined

weight of supported systems, system contents, and test water.

B. Design heavy-duty steel trapezes for piping to support multiple pipes capable of supporting combined

weight of supported systems, system contents, and test water.


A. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code—Steel.”

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. In other Part 2 articles where subparagraph titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply

for product selection:

1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering

products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the manufacturers

specified.

2.2 MANUFACTURED UNITS

A. Pipe Hangers, Supports, and Components: MSS SP-58, factory-fabricated components.

1. Available Manufacturers:

a. B-Line Systems, Inc.

b. Grinnell Corp.

c. National Pipe Hanger Corp.

d. PHD Manufacturing, Inc.



e. PHS Industries, Inc.

f. Piping Technology & Products, Inc.

2. Galvanized, Metallic Coatings: For piping and equipment that will not have field-applied finish.

3. Nonmetallic Coatings: On attachments for electrolytic protection where attachments are in direct

contact with copper tubing.

B. Channel Support Systems: MFMA-2, factory-fabricated components for field assembly.

1. Available Manufacturers:

a. B-Line Systems, Inc.

b. Grinnell Corp.

c. GS Metals Corp.

d. Michigan Hanger Co., Inc.

e. National Pipe Hanger Corp.

f. Thomas & Betts Corp.

g. Unistrut Corp.

h. Wesanco, Inc.

2. Coatings: Manufacturer's standard finish, unless bare metal surfaces are indicated.

3. Nonmetallic Coatings: On attachments for electrolytic protection where attachments are in direct

contact with copper tubing.

2.3 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

A. Powder-Actuated Drive-Pin Fasteners: Powder-actuated-type, drive-pin attachments with pull-out and

shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used.

B. Mechanical-Anchor Fasteners: Insert-type attachments with pull-out and shear capacities appropriate for

supported loads and building materials where used.

C. Structural Steel: ASTM A 36/A 36M, steel plates, shapes, and bars, black and galvanized.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 APPLICATIONS

A. Specific hanger requirements are specified in Sections specifying equipment and systems.

B. Comply with MSS SP-69 for pipe hanger selections and applications that are not specified in piping system

Specification Sections.

C. Horizontal-Piping Hangers and Supports: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping

system Specification Sections, install the following types:

1. Adjustable Steel Clevis Hangers (MSS Type 1): For suspension of noninsulated or insulated

stationary pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 30 (DN 15 to DN 750).

D. Vertical-Piping Clamps: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Specification

Sections, install the following types:



1. Extension Pipe or Riser Clamps (MSS Type 8): For support of pipe risers, NPS 3/4 to NPS 20

(DN 20 to DN 500).

2. Carbon- or Alloy-Steel Riser Clamps (MSS Type 42): For support of pipe risers, NPS 3/4 to NPS 20

(DN 20 to DN 500), if longer ends are required for riser clamps.

E. Hanger-Rod Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system

Specification Sections, install the following types:

1. Steel Turnbuckles (MSS Type 13): For adjustment up to 6 inches (150 mm) for heavy loads.

2. Steel Clevises (MSS Type 14): For 120 to 450 deg F (49 to 232 deg C) piping installations.

F. Building Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Specification


1. Top-Beam C-Clamps (MSS Type 19): For use under roof installations with bar-joist construction

to attach to top flange of structural shape.

2. Side-Beam or Channel Clamps (MSS Type 20): For attaching to bottom flange of beams, channels,

or angles.

3. Center-Beam Clamps (MSS Type 21): For attaching to center of bottom flange of beams.

4. Welded Beam Attachments (MSS Type 22): For attaching to bottom of beams if loads are

considerable and rod sizes are large.

5. C-Clamps (MSS Type 23): For structural shapes.

6. Welded-Steel Brackets: For support of pipes from below or for suspending from above by using

clip and rod. Use one of the following for indicated loads:

a. Light (MSS Type 31): 750 lb (340 kg).

b. Medium (MSS Type 32): 1500 lb (675 kg).

c. Heavy (MSS Type 33): 3000 lb (1350 kg).

7. Side-Beam Brackets (MSS Type 34): For sides of steel or wooden beams.

8. Plate Lugs (MSS Type 57): For attaching to steel beams if flexibility at beam is required.

G. Saddles and Shields: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Specification


1. Steel Pipe-Covering Protection Saddles (MSS Type 39): To fill interior voids with insulation that

matches adjoining insulation.

2. Protection Shields (MSS Type 40): Of length recommended by manufacturer to prevent crushing

insulation.

3. Thermal-Hanger Shield Inserts: For supporting insulated pipe, 360-deg ree insert of high-density,

100-psi (690-kPa) minimum compressive-strength, water-repellent-treated calcium silicate or

cellular-glass pipe insulation, same thickness as adjoining insulation with vapor barrier and encased

in 360-deg ree sheet metal shield.

3.2 INSTALLATION

A. Pipe Hanger and Support Installation: Comply with MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-89. Install hangers, supports,

clamps, and attachments as required to properly support piping from building structure.

B. Channel Support System Installation: Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of piping and support together

on field-assembled channel systems. Field assemble and install according to manufacturer's written

instructions.



C. Heavy-Duty Steel Trapeze Installation: Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of horizontal piping and

support together on field-fabricated, heavy-duty trapezes. Support pipes of various sizes together and space

trapezes for smallest pipe size or install intermediate supports for smaller diameter pipes as specified above

for individual pipe hangers. Field fabricate from ASTM A 36/A 36M, steel shapes selected for loads being

supported. Weld steel according to AWS D1.1.

D. Install powder-actuated drive-pin fasteners in concrete after concrete is placed and completely cured. Use

operators that are licensed by powder-actuated tool manufacturer. Install fasteners according to powder-

actuated tool manufacturer's operating manual.

E. Install mechanical-anchor fasteners in concrete after concrete is placed and completely cured. Install

fasteners according to manufacturer's written instructions.

F. Install hangers and supports complete with necessary inserts, bolts, rods, nuts, washers, and other

accessories.

G. Install hangers and supports to allow controlled thermal and seismic movement of piping systems, to permit

freedom of movement between pipe anchors, and to facilitate action of expansion joints, expansion loops,

expansion bends, and similar units.

H. Load Distribution: Install hangers and supports so that piping live and dead loads and stresses from

movement will not be transmitted to connected equipment.

I. Pipe Slopes: Install hangers and supports to provide indicated pipe slopes and so maximum pipe deflections

allowed by ASME B31.9, "Building Services Piping," is not exceeded.

J. Insulated Piping: Comply with the following:

1. Attach clamps and spacers to piping.

a. Piping Operating above Ambient Air Temperature: Clamp may project through insulation.

b. Piping Operating below Ambient Air Temperature: Use thermal-hanger shield insert with

clamp sized to match OD of insert.

c. Do not exceed pipe stress limits according to ASME B31.9.

2. Install MSS SP-58, Type 39 protection saddles, if insulation without vapor barrier is indicated. Fill

interior voids with insulation that matches adjoining insulation.

3. Install MSS SP-58, Type 40 protective shields on cold piping with vapor barrier. Shields shall span

arc of 180 degrees.

4. Shield Dimensions for Pipe: Not less than the following:

a. NPS 1/4 to NPS 3-1/2 (DN 8 to DN 90): 12 inches (305 mm) long and 0.048 inch (1.22 mm)

thick.

b. NPS 4 (DN 100): 12 inches (305 mm) long and 0.06 inch (1.52 mm) thick.

5. Insert Material: Length at least as long as protective shield.

6. Thermal-Hanger Shields: Install with insulation same thickness as piping insulation.

3.3 EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS

A. Fabricate structural-steel stands to suspend equipment from structure above or to support equipment above

floor. Place grout under supports for equipment and make smooth bearing surface.



3.4 METAL FABRICATION

A. Cut, drill, and fit miscellaneous metal fabrications for heavy-duty steel trapezes and equipment supports.

Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints. Field-weld connections that cannot be shop-

welded because of shipping size limitations. Comply with AWS D1.1 procedures for shielded metal arc

welding, appearance and quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding work, and with the

following:

1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance

of base metals.

2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap.

3. Remove welding flux immediately.

4. Finish welds at exposed connections so no roughness shows after finishing and contours of welded

surfaces match adjacent contours.

3.5 ADJUSTING

A. Hanger Adjustment: Adjust hangers to distribute loads equally on attachments and to achieve indicated

slope of pipe.

3.6 PAINTING

A. Touching Up: Clean field welds and abraded areas of shop paint. Paint exposed areas immediately after

erecting hangers and supports. Use same materials as used for shop painting. Comply with SSPC-PA 1

requirements for touching up field-painted surfaces. Apply paint by brush or spray to provide a minimum

dry film thickness of 2.0 mils (0.05 mm).

B. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and apply galvanizing-repair

paint to comply with ASTM A 780.




MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION 230553 - 1

SECTION 230553 – MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION

PART 1 - GENERAL




1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the following mechanical identification materials and their installation:

1. Equipment nameplates.

2. Equipment markers.

3. Equipment signs.

4. Pipe markers.


A. ASME Compliance: Comply with ASME A13.1, "Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems," for

letter size, length of color field, colors, and viewing angles of identification devices for piping.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION DEVICES

A. Equipment Nameplates: Metal, with data engraved or stamped, for permanent attachment on equipment.

1. Data:

a. Manufacturer, product name, model number, and serial number.

b. Capacity, operating and power characteristics, and essential data.

c. Labels of tested compliances.

2. Location: Accessible and visible.

3. Fasteners: As required to mount on equipment.

B. Equipment Signs: ASTM D 709, Type I, cellulose, paper-base, phenolic-resin-laminate engraving stock;

Grade ES-2, black surface, black phenolic core, with white melamine subcore, unless otherwise indicated.

Fabricate in sizes required for message. Provide holes for mechanical fastening.

1. Data: Instructions for operation of equipment and for safety procedures.

2. Engraving: Manufacturer's standard letter style, of sizes and with terms to match equipment

identification.

3. Thickness: 1/16 inch (1.6 mm), unless otherwise indicated.

4. Fasteners: Self-tapping, stainless-steel screws or contact-type, permanent adhesive.



C. Access Panel and Door Markers: 1/16-inch- (1.6-mm-) thick, engraved laminated plastic, with abbreviated

terms and numbers corresponding to identification. Provide 1/8-inch (3.2-mm) center hole for attachment.

1. Fasteners: Self-tapping, stainless-steel screws or contact-type, permanent adhesive.

2.2 PIPING IDENTIFICATION DEVICES

A. Manufactured Pipe Markers, General: Preprinted, color-coded, with lettering indicating service, and

showing direction of flow.

1. Colors: Comply with ASME A13.1, unless otherwise indicated.

2. Lettering: Use piping system terms indicated and abbreviate only as necessary for each application

length.

3. Pipes with OD, Including Insulation, Less Than 6 Inches (150 mm): Full-band pipe markers

extending 360 degrees around pipe at each location.

4. Pipes with OD, Including Insulation, 6 Inches (150 mm) and Larger: Either full-band or strip-type

pipe markers at least three times letter height and of length required for label.

5. Arrows: Integral with piping system service lettering to accommodate both directions; or as separate

unit on each pipe marker to indicate direction of flow.

B. Self-Adhesive Pipe Markers: Plastic with pressure-sensitive, permanent-type, self-adhesive back.

C. Plastic Tape: Continuously printed, vinyl tape at least 3 mils (0.08 mm) thick with pressure-sensitive,

permanent-type, self-adhesive back.

1. Width for Markers on Pipes with OD, Including Insulation, Less Than 6 Inches (150 mm): 3/4 inch

(19 mm) minimum.

2. Width for Markers on Pipes with OD, Including Insulation, 6 Inches (150 mm) or Larger: 1-1/2

inches (38 mm) minimum.

2.3 VALVE TAGS

A. Valve Tags: Stamped or engraved with 1/4-inch (6.4-mm) letters for piping system abbreviation and 1/2-

inch (13-mm) numbers, with numbering scheme. Provide 5/32-inch (4-mm) hole for fastener.

1. Material: 0.032-inch- (0.8-mm-) thick aluminum.

2. Valve-Tag Fasteners: Brass wire-link or beaded chain; or S-hook wire-link chain.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 APPLICATIONS, GENERAL

A. Products specified are for applications referenced in other Division 23 Sections. If more than single-type

material, device, or label is specified for listed applications, selection is Installer's option.

3.2 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION

A. Install and permanently fasten equipment nameplates on each major item of mechanical equipment that

does not have nameplate or has nameplate that is damaged or located where not easily visible. Locate

nameplates where accessible and visible. Include nameplates for the following general categories of

equipment:



1. Packaged HVAC central-station and zone-type units.

B. Install equipment signs with screws or permanent adhesive on or near each major item of mechanical

equipment. Locate signs where accessible and visible:

1. Letter Size: Minimum 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches

(600 mm), 1/2 inch (13 mm) for viewing distances up to 72 inches (1830 mm), and proportionately

larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two-thirds to three-fourths

the size of principal lettering.

2. Data: Distinguish among multiple units, indicate operational requirements, indicate safety and

emergency precautions, warn of hazards and improper operations, and identify units.

3. Include signs for the following general categories of equipment:

a. Main control and operating valves, including safety devices and hazardous units such as gas

outlets.

b. Fuel-burning units, including boilers, furnaces, heaters, etc.

c. Fans, blowers, primary balancing dampers, and mixing boxes.

d. Packaged HVAC central-station and zone-type units.

C. Install access panel markers with screws on equipment access panels.

3.3 PIPING IDENTIFICATION

A. All exposed piping in a mechanical room shall be painted. Color to be selected by engineer.

B. Install manufactured pipe markers indicating service on each piping system. Install with flow indication

arrows showing direction of flow.

1. Pipes with OD, Including Insulation, Less Than 6 Inches (150 mm): Self-adhesive pipe markers.

Use color-coded, self-adhesive plastic tape, at least 3/4 inch (19 mm) wide, lapped at least 1-1/2

inches (38 mm) at both ends of pipe marker, and covering full circumference of pipe.

3.4 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING

A. Relocate mechanical identification materials and devices that have become visually blocked by other work.




TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593 - 1

SECTION 230593 - TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC

PART 1 - GENERAL




1.2 SUMMARY


1. Balancing Air Systems:

2. Balancing Hydronic Piping Systems:

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. AABC: Associated Air Balance Council.

B. NEBB: National Environmental Balancing Bureau.

C. TAB: Testing, adjusting, and balancing.

D. TABB: Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Bureau.

E. TAB Specialist: An entity engaged to perform TAB Work.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Qualification Data: Within 30 days of Contractor's Notice to Proceed, submit documentation

that the TAB contractor and this Project's TAB team members meet the qualifications specified

in "Quality Assurance" Article.

B. Contract Documents Examination Report: Within 45 days of Contractor's Notice to Proceed,

submit the Contract Documents review report as specified in Part 3.

C. Strategies and Procedures Plan: Within 90 days of Contractor's Notice to Proceed, submit TAB

strategies and step-by-step procedures as specified in "Preparation" Article.

D. Certified TAB reports.

E. Sample report forms.

F. Instrument calibration reports, to include the following:



1. Instrument type and make.

2. Serial number.

3. Application.

4. Dates of use.

5. Dates of calibration.


A. TAB Contractor Qualifications: Engage a TAB entity certified by AABC or NEBB.

B. TAB Conference: Meet with Architect, Owner, and Engineer on approval of the TAB strategies

and procedures plan to develop a mutual understanding of the details. Require the participation

of the TAB field supervisor and technicians. Provide seven days' advance notice of scheduled

meeting time and location.

1. Agenda Items:

a. The Contract Documents examination report.

b. The TAB plan.

c. Coordination and cooperation of trades and subcontractors.

d. Coordination of documentation and communication flow.

C. Certify TAB field data reports and perform the following:

1. Review field data reports to validate accuracy of data and to prepare certified TAB

reports.

2. Certify that the TAB team complied with the approved TAB plan and the procedures

specified and referenced in this Specification.

D. TAB Report Forms: Use standard TAB contractor's forms approved by Engineer.

E. Instrumentation Type, Quantity, Accuracy, and Calibration: As described in ASHRAE 111,

Section 5, "Instrumentation."

F. ASHRAE Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE 62.1, Section 7.2.2 - "Air

Balancing."

G. ASHRAE/IESNA Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1,

Section 6.7.2.3 - "System Balancing."

1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Full Owner Occupancy: Owner will occupy the site and existing building during entire TAB

period. Cooperate with Owner during TAB operations to minimize conflicts with Owner's

operations.



PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine the Contract Documents to become familiar with Project requirements and to discover

conditions in systems' designs that may preclude proper TAB of systems and equipment.

B. Examine systems for installed balancing devices, such as test ports, gage cocks, thermometer

wells, flow-control devices, balancing valves and fittings, and manual volume dampers. Verify

that locations of these balancing devices are accessible.

C. Examine the approved submittals for HVAC systems and equipment.

D. Examine equipment performance data including fan and pump curves.

E. Examine system and equipment installations and verify that field quality-control testing,

cleaning, and adjusting specified in individual Sections have been performed.

F. Examine test reports specified in individual system and equipment Sections.

G. Examine HVAC equipment and filters and verify that bearings are greased, belts are aligned

and tight, and equipment with functioning controls is ready for operation.

H. Examine strainers. Verify that startup screens are replaced by permanent screens with indicated

perforations.

I. Examine heat-transfer coils for correct piping connections and for clean and straight fins.

J. Examine system pumps to ensure absence of entrained air in the suction piping.

K. Examine operating safety interlocks and controls on HVAC equipment.

L. Report deficiencies discovered before and during performance of TAB procedures. Observe

and record system reactions to changes in conditions. Record default set points if different from

indicated values.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Prepare a TAB plan that includes strategies and step-by-step procedures.

B. Complete system-readiness checks and prepare reports. Verify the following:

1. Permanent electrical-power wiring is complete.

2. Hydronic systems are filled, clean, and free of air.

3. Automatic temperature-control systems are operational.

4. Equipment and duct access doors are securely closed.

5. Isolating and balancing valves are open and control valves are operational.



3.3 GENERAL PROCEDURES FOR TESTING AND BALANCING

A. Perform testing and balancing procedures on each system according to the procedures contained

in AABC's "National Standards for Total System Balance" or NEBB's "Procedural Standards

for Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing of Environmental Systems" or SMACNA's "HVAC

Systems - Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing" and in this Section.

B. Take and report testing and balancing measurements in inch-pound (IP) units.

3.4 GENERAL PROCEDURES FOR BALANCING AIR SYSTEMS

A. Prepare test reports for both fans and outlets.

B. Prepare schematic diagrams of systems' "as-built" duct layouts.

C. Check airflow patterns from the outdoor-air louvers and dampers and the return- and exhaust-air

dampers through the supply-fan discharge and mixing dampers.

D. Locate start-stop and disconnect switches, electrical interlocks, and motor starters.

E. Check dampers for proper position to achieve desired airflow path.

F. Check condensate drains for proper connections and functioning.

G. Check for proper sealing of air-handling-unit components.

H. Verify that air duct system is sealed as specified.

3.5 GENERAL PROCEDURES FOR HYDRONIC SYSTEMS

A. Prepare test reports with pertinent design data, and number in sequence starting at pump to end

of system. Check the sum of branch-circuit flows against the approved pump flow rate. Correct

variations that exceed plus or minus 5 percent.

B. Prepare schematic diagrams of systems' "as-built" piping layouts.

3.6 PROCEDURES FOR CONSTANT-FLOW HYDRONIC SYSTEMS

A. Measure water flow at pumps.

B. Measure flow at main balancing station and set main balancing device to achieve flow that is 5

percent greater than indicated flow.

3.7 PROCEDURES FOR MOTORS

A. Motors, 1/2 HP and Larger: Test at final balanced conditions and record the following data:

1. Manufacturer's name, model number, and serial number.



2. Motor horsepower rating.

3. Motor rpm.

4. Efficiency rating.

5. Nameplate and measured voltage, each phase.

6. Nameplate and measured amperage, each phase.

7. Starter thermal-protection-element rating.

B. Motors Driven by Variable-Frequency Controllers: Test for proper operation at speeds varying

from minimum to maximum. Test the manual bypass of the controller to prove proper

operation. Record observations including name of controller manufacturer, model number,

serial number, and nameplate data.

3.8 PROCEDURES FOR BOILERS

A. Hydronic Boilers: Measure and record entering- and leaving-water temperatures and water

flow.

3.9 PROCEDURES FOR ROOF TOP UNITS

A. Measure, adjust, and record the following data for unit:

1. Dry-bulb temperature of entering and leaving air.

2. Wet-bulb temperature of entering and leaving air for cooling coils.

3. Airflow.

4. Air pressure drop.

3.10 TOLERANCES

A. Set HVAC system's air flow rates and water flow rates within the following tolerances:

1. Supply, Return, and Exhaust Fans and Equipment with Fans: Plus or minus 10 percent.

2. Heating-Water Flow Rate: Plus or minus 10 percent.

3.11 REPORTING

A. Initial Construction-Phase Report: Based on examination of the Contract Documents as

specified in "Examination" Article, prepare a report on the adequacy of design for systems'

balancing devices. Recommend changes and additions to systems' balancing devices to

facilitate proper performance measuring and balancing. Recommend changes and additions to

HVAC systems and general construction to allow access for performance measuring and

balancing devices.

B. Status Reports: Prepare monthly progress reports to describe completed procedures, procedures

in progress, and scheduled procedures. Include a list of deficiencies and problems found in

systems being tested and balanced. Prepare a separate report for each system and each building

floor for systems serving multiple floors.



3.12 FINAL REPORT

A. General: Prepare a certified written report; tabulate and divide the report into separate sections

for tested systems and balanced systems.

1. Include a certification sheet at the front of the report's binder, signed and sealed by the

certified testing and balancing engineer.

2. Include a list of instruments used for procedures, along with proof of calibration.

B. Final Report Contents: In addition to certified field-report data, include the following:

1. Fan curves.

2. Manufacturers' test data.

3. Field test reports prepared by system and equipment installers.

4. Other information relative to equipment performance; do not include Shop Drawings and

product data.

C. General Report Data: In addition to form titles and entries, include the following data:

1. Title page.

2. Name and address of the TAB contractor.

3. Project name.

4. Project location.

5. Architect's name and address.

6. Engineer's name and address.

7. Contractor's name and address.

8. Report date.

9. Signature of TAB supervisor who certifies the report.

10. Table of Contents with the total number of pages defined for each section of the report.

Number each page in the report.

11. Summary of contents including the following:

a. Indicated versus final performance.

b. Notable characteristics of systems.

c. Description of system operation sequence if it varies from the Contract

Documents.

12. Nomenclature sheets for each item of equipment.

13. Data for terminal units, including manufacturer's name, type, size, and fittings.

14. Notes to explain why certain final data in the body of reports vary from indicated values.

15. Test conditions for fans and pump performance forms including the following:

a. Settings for outdoor-, return-, and exhaust-air dampers.

b. Conditions of filters.

c. Cooling coil, wet- and dry-bulb conditions.

d. Face and bypass damper settings at coils.

e. Fan drive settings including settings and percentage of maximum pitch diameter.

f. Inlet vane settings for variable-air-volume systems.

g. Settings for supply-air, static-pressure controller.

h. Other system operating conditions that affect performance.



D. System Diagrams: Include schematic layouts of air and hydronic distribution systems. Present

each system with single-line diagram and include the following:

1. Quantities of outdoor, supply, return, and exhaust airflows.

2. Water and steam flow rates.

3. Duct, outlet, and inlet sizes.

4. Pipe and valve sizes and locations.

5. Terminal units.

6. Balancing stations.

7. Position of balancing devices.

E. Air-Handling-Unit Test Reports: For air-handling units with coils, include the following:

1. Unit Data:

a. Unit identification.

b. Location.

c. Make and type.

d. Model number and unit size.

e. Manufacturer's serial number.

f. Unit arrangement and class.

g. Discharge arrangement.

h. Sheave make, size in inches (mm), and bore.

i. Center-to-center dimensions of sheave, and amount of adjustments in inches (mm).

j. Number, make, and size of belts.

k. Number, type, and size of filters.

2. Motor Data:

a. Motor make, and frame type and size.

b. Horsepower and rpm.

c. Volts, phase, and hertz.

d. Full-load amperage and service factor.

e. Sheave make, size in inches (mm), and bore.

f. Center-to-center dimensions of sheave, and amount of adjustments in inches (mm).

3. Test Data (Indicated and Actual Values):

a. Total air flow rate in cfm (L/s).

b. Total system static pressure in inches wg (Pa).

c. Fan rpm.

d. Discharge static pressure in inches wg (Pa).

e. Filter static-pressure differential in inches wg (Pa).

f. Cooling-coil static-pressure differential in inches wg (Pa).

g. Outdoor airflow in cfm (L/s).

h. Return airflow in cfm (L/s).

i. Outdoor-air damper position.

j. Return-air damper position.



F. Gas- and Oil-Fired Heat Apparatus Test Reports: In addition to manufacturer's factory startup

equipment reports, include the following:

1. Unit Data:

a. System identification.

b. Location.

c. Make and type.

d. Model number and unit size.

e. Manufacturer's serial number.

f. Fuel type in input data.

g. Output capacity in Btu/h (kW).

h. Ignition type.

i. Burner-control types.

j. Motor horsepower and rpm.

k. Motor volts, phase, and hertz.

l. Motor full-load amperage and service factor.

2. Test Data (Indicated and Actual Values):

a. Low-fire fuel input in Btu/h (kW).

b. High-fire fuel input in Btu/h (kW).

c. Manifold pressure in psig (kPa).

d. High-temperature-limit setting in deg F (deg C).

e. Operating set point in Btu/h (kW).

f. Heating value of fuel in Btu/h (kW).

G. Instrument Calibration Reports:

1. Report Data:

a. Instrument type and make.

b. Serial number.

c. Application.

d. Dates of use.

e. Dates of calibration.

3.13 INSPECTIONS

A. Initial Inspection:

1. After testing and balancing are complete, operate each system and randomly check

measurements to verify that the system is operating according to the final test and balance

readings documented in the final report.

2. Check the following for each system:

a. Measure airflow of at least 10 percent of air outlets.

b. Measure water flow of at least 5 percent of terminals.

c. Measure room temperature at each thermostat/temperature sensor. Compare the

reading to the set point.



d. Verify that balancing devices are marked with final balance position.

e. Note deviations from the Contract Documents in the final report.

B. Final Inspection:

1. After initial inspection is complete and documentation by random checks verifies that

testing and balancing are complete and accurately documented in the final report, request

that a final inspection be made by Engineer.

2. The TAB contractor's test and balance engineer shall conduct the inspection in the

presence of Engineer.

3. Engineer shall randomly select measurements, documented in the final report, to be

rechecked. Rechecking shall be limited to either 10 percent of the total measurements

recorded or the extent of measurements that can be accomplished in a normal 8-hour

business day.

4. If rechecks yield measurements that differ from the measurements documented in the

final report by more than the tolerances allowed, the measurements shall be noted as

"FAILED."

5. If the number of "FAILED" measurements is greater than 10 percent of the total

measurements checked during the final inspection, the testing and balancing shall be

considered incomplete and shall be rejected.

C. TAB Work will be considered defective if it does not pass final inspections. If TAB Work fails,

proceed as follows:

1. Recheck all measurements and make adjustments. Revise the final report and balancing

device settings to include all changes; resubmit the final report and request a second final

inspection.

2. If the second final inspection also fails, Owner may contract the services of another TAB

contractor to complete TAB Work according to the Contract Documents and deduct the

cost of the services from the original TAB contractor's final payment.

D. Prepare test and inspection reports.




HVAC PIPING INSULATION 230719 - 1

SECTION 230719 - HVAC PIPING INSULATION

PART 1 - GENERAL




1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes insulating the following HVAC piping systems:

1. Heating hot-water piping, indoors.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include thermal conductivity, water-vapor

permeance thickness, and jackets.


A. Surface-Burning Characteristics: For insulation and related materials, as determined by testing

identical products according to ASTM E 84, by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to

authorities having jurisdiction. Factory label insulation and jacket materials and adhesive,

mastic, tapes, and cement material containers, with appropriate markings of applicable testing

agency.

1. Insulation Installed Indoors: Flame-spread index of 25 or less, and smoke-developed

index of 50 or less.

2. Insulation Installed Outdoors: Flame-spread index of 75 or less, and smoke-developed

index of 150 or less.

1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Packaging: Insulation material containers shall be marked by manufacturer with appropriate

ASTM standard designation, type and grade, and maximum use temperature.

1.6 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate sizes and locations of supports, hangers, and insulation shields specified in "Hangers

and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment."



B. Coordinate clearance requirements with piping Installer for piping insulation application.

Before preparing piping Shop Drawings, establish and maintain clearance requirements for

installation of insulation and field-applied jackets and finishes and for space required for

maintenance.

1.7 SCHEDULING

A. Schedule insulation application after pressure testing systems and, where required, after

installing and testing heat tracing. Insulation application may begin on segments that have

satisfactory test results.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 INSULATION MATERIALS

A. Comply with requirements in "Piping Insulation Schedule.

B. Products shall not contain asbestos, lead, mercury, or mercury compounds.

C. Products that come in contact with stainless steel shall have a leachable chloride content of less

than 50 ppm when tested according to ASTM C 871.

D. Mineral-Fiber, Preformed Pipe Insulation:

1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be

incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following]:

a. Fibrex Insulations Inc.; Coreplus 1200.

b. Johns Manville; Micro-Lok.

c. Knauf Insulation; 1000-Degree Pipe Insulation.

d. Manson Insulation Inc.; Alley-K.

e. Owens Corning; Fiberglas Pipe Insulation.

2. Type I, 850 deg F (454 deg C) Materials: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a

thermosetting resin. Comply with ASTM C 547, Type I, Grade A, with factory-applied

ASJ-SSL. Factory-applied jacket requirements are specified in "Factory-Applied

Jackets" Article.

2.2 INSULATING CEMENTS

A. Mineral-Fiber Insulating Cement: Comply with ASTM C 195.

B. Mineral-Fiber, Hydraulic-Setting Insulating and Finishing Cement: Comply with ASTM C 449.

http://www.specagent.com/LookUp/?ulid=3199&mf=95&src=wd








2.3 ADHESIVES

A. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates and for bonding

insulation to itself and to surfaces to be insulated unless otherwise indicated.

B. Mineral-Fiber Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-3316C, Class 2, Grade A.

1. For indoor applications, adhesive shall have a VOC content of 250 g/L or less when

calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).

2.4 MASTICS

A. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates; comply with

MIL-PRF-19565C, Type II.

1. For indoor applications, use mastics that have a VOC content of 300 g/L or less when


B. Vapor-Barrier Mastic: Water based; suitable for indoor use on below-ambient services.

1. Water-Vapor Permeance: ASTM E 96/E 96M, Procedure B, 0.013 perm (0.009 metric

perm) at 43-mil (1.09-mm) dry film thickness.

2. Service Temperature Range: Minus 20 to plus 180 deg F (Minus 29 to plus 82 deg C).

3. Solids Content: ASTM D 1644, 58 percent by volume and 70 percent by weight.

4. Color: White.

2.5 LAGGING ADHESIVES

A. Description: Comply with MIL-A-3316C, Class I, Grade A and shall be compatible with

insulation materials, jackets, and substrates.

1. Fire-resistant, water-based lagging adhesive and coating for use indoors to adhere fire-

resistant lagging cloths over pipe insulation.

2. Service Temperature Range: 0 to plus 180 deg F (Minus 18 to plus 82 deg C).

3. Color: White.

B. For indoor applications, sealants shall have a VOC content of 420 g/L or less when calculated

according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).

2.6 SEALANTS

A. Joint Sealants:

1. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates.

2. Permanently flexible, elastomeric sealant.

3. Service Temperature Range: Minus 100 to plus 300 deg F (Minus 73 to plus 149 deg C).

4. Color: White or gray.

5. For indoor applications, sealants shall have a VOC content of 420 g/L or less when




2.7 FACTORY-APPLIED JACKETS

A. Insulation system schedules indicate factory-applied jackets on various applications. When

factory-applied jackets are indicated, comply with the following:

1. ASJ: White, kraft-paper, fiberglass-reinforced scrim with aluminum-foil backing;

complying with ASTM C 1136, Type I.

2. ASJ-SSL: ASJ with self-sealing, pressure-sensitive, acrylic-based adhesive covered by a

removable protective strip; complying with ASTM C 1136, Type I.

2.8 FIELD-APPLIED CLOTHS

A. Woven Glass-Fiber Fabric: Comply with MIL-C-20079H, Type I, plain weave, and presized a

minimum of 8 oz. /sq. yd. (271 g/sq. m).

2.9 TAPES

A. ASJ Tape: White vapor-retarder tape matching factory-applied jacket with acrylic adhesive,

complying with ASTM C 1136.

1. Width: 3 inches (75 mm).

2. Thickness: 11.5 mils (0.29 mm).

3. Adhesion: 90 ounces force/inch (1.0 N/mm) in width.

4. Elongation: 2 percent.

5. Tensile Strength: 40 lbf/inch (7.2 N/mm) in width.

6. ASJ Tape Disks and Squares: Precut disks or squares of ASJ tape.

2.10 SECUREMENTS

A. Staples: Outward-clinching insulation staples, nominal 3/4-inch- (19-mm-) wide, stainless steel

or Monel.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine substrates and conditions for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances

and other conditions affecting performance of insulation application.

1. Verify that systems to be insulated have been tested and are free of defects.

2. Verify that surfaces to be insulated are clean and dry.

3. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.



3.2 PREPARATION

A. Surface Preparation: Clean and dry surfaces to receive insulation. Remove materials that will

adversely affect insulation application.

3.3 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS

A. Install insulation materials, accessories, and finishes with smooth, straight, and even surfaces;

free of voids throughout the length of piping including fittings, valves, and specialties.

B. Install insulation materials, forms, vapor barriers or retarders, jackets, and thicknesses required

for each item of pipe system as specified in insulation system schedules.

C. Install accessories compatible with insulation materials and suitable for the service. Install

accessories that do not corrode, soften, or otherwise attack insulation or jacket in either wet or

dry state.

D. Install insulation with longitudinal seams at top and bottom of horizontal runs.

E. Keep insulation materials dry during application and finishing.

F. Install insulation with tight longitudinal seams and end joints. Bond seams and joints with

adhesive recommended by insulation material manufacturer.

G. Install insulation with least number of joints practical.

H. Where vapor barrier is indicated, seal joints, seams, and penetrations in insulation at hangers,

supports, anchors, and other projections with vapor-barrier mastic.

I. Apply adhesives, mastics, and sealants at manufacturer's recommended coverage rate and wet

and dry film thicknesses.

J. Install insulation with factory-applied jackets as follows:

1. Draw jacket tight and smooth.

2. Cover circumferential joints with 3-inch- (75-mm-) wide strips, of same material as

insulation jacket. Secure strips with adhesive and outward clinching staples along both

edges of strip, spaced 4 inches (100 mm) o.c.

3. Overlap jacket longitudinal seams at least 1-1/2 inches (38 mm). Install insulation with

longitudinal seams at bottom of pipe. Clean and dry surface to receive self-sealing lap.

Staple laps with outward clinching staples along edge at 2 inches (50 mm) o.c.

a. For below-ambient services, apply vapor-barrier mastic over staples.

4. Cover joints and seams with tape, according to insulation material manufacturer's written

instructions, to maintain vapor seal.

5. Where vapor barriers are indicated, apply vapor-barrier mastic on seams and joints and at

ends adjacent to pipe flanges and fittings.

K. Cut insulation in a manner to avoid compressing insulation more than 75 percent of its nominal

thickness.



L. Finish installation with systems at operating conditions. Repair joint separations and cracking

due to thermal movement.

M. Repair damaged insulation facings by applying same facing material over damaged areas.

Extend patches at least 4 inches (100 mm) beyond damaged areas. Adhere, staple, and seal

patches similar to butt joints.

3.4 GENERAL PIPE INSULATION INSTALLATION

A. Requirements in this article generally apply to all insulation materials except where more

specific requirements are specified in various pipe insulation material installation articles.

3.5 INSTALLATION OF MINERAL-FIBER INSULATION

A. Insulation Installation on Straight Pipes and Tubes:

1. Secure each layer of preformed pipe insulation to pipe with wire or bands and tighten

bands without deforming insulation materials.

2. Where vapor barriers are indicated, seal longitudinal seams, end joints, and protrusions

with vapor-barrier mastic and joint sealant.

3. For insulation with factory-applied jackets on above-ambient surfaces, secure laps with

outward-clinched staples at 6 inches (150 mm) o.c.

4. For insulation with factory-applied jackets on below-ambient surfaces, do not staple

longitudinal tabs. Instead, secure tabs with additional adhesive as recommended by

insulation material manufacturer and seal with vapor-barrier mastic and flashing sealant.

B. Insulation Installation on Pipe Fittings and Elbows:

1. Install preformed sections of same material as straight segments of pipe insulation when

available.

2. When preformed insulation elbows and fittings are not available, install mitered sections

of pipe insulation, to a thickness equal to adjoining pipe insulation. Secure insulation

materials with wire or bands.

3.6 FIELD-APPLIED JACKET INSTALLATION

A. Where FSK jackets are indicated, install as follows:

1. Draw jacket material smooth and tight.

2. Install lap or joint strips with same material as jacket.

3. Secure jacket to insulation with manufacturer's recommended adhesive.

4. Install jacket with 1-1/2-inch (38-mm) laps at longitudinal seams and 3-inch- (75-mm-)

wide joint strips at end joints.

5. Seal openings, punctures, and breaks in vapor-retarder jackets and exposed insulation

with vapor-barrier mastic.



3.7 FINISHES

A. Pipe Insulation with ASJ, Glass-Cloth, or Other Paintable Jacket Material: Paint jacket with

paint system identified below:

1. Flat Acrylic Finish: Two finish coats over a primer that is compatible with jacket

material and finish coat paint. Add fungicidal agent to render fabric mildew proof.

a. Finish Coat Material: Interior, flat, latex-emulsion size.

B. Color: Final color as selected by Engineer.

3.8 PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE, GENERAL

A. Acceptable preformed pipe and tubular insulation materials and thicknesses are identified for

each piping system and pipe size range. If more than one material is listed for a piping system,

selection from materials listed is Contractor's option.

3.9 INDOOR PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE

A. Heating-Hot-Water Supply and Return, 200 Deg F (93 Deg C) and Below:

1. NPS 12 (DN 300) and Smaller: Insulation shall be the following:

a. Mineral-Fiber, Preformed Pipe, Type I: 2 inches (50 mm) thick.




FUEL GAS PIPING 231123 - 1

SECTION 231123 – FUEL GAS PIPING

PART 1 - GENERAL




1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes fuel gas piping, specialties, and accessories within the building.

1.3 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Gas System Pressures: Two pressure ranges. Primary pressure is more than 0.5 psig (3.45 kPa) but not

more than 5.0 psig (13.8 kPa), and is reduced to secondary pressure of 0.5 psig (3.45 kPa) or less.


A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100,

by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use.

B. ANSI Standard: Comply with ANSI Z223.1, "National Fuel Gas Code.”

C. FMG Standard: Provide components listed in FMG's "Fire Protection Approval Guide" if specified to be

FMG approved.

D. IAS Standard: Provide components listed in IAS's "Directory of A. G. A. and C. G. A Certified Appliances

and Accessories" if specified to be IAS listed.

E. UL Standard: Provide components listed in UL's "Gas and Oil Equipment Directory" if specified to be UL

listed.

1.5 COORDINATION

A. Existing Utilities: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted

under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary utility services according

to requirements indicated:

1. Notify Architect not less than two days in advance of proposed utility interruptions.

2. Do not proceed with utility interruptions without Architect's written permission.



PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PIPING MATERIALS

A. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53; Type E or S; Grade B; Schedule 40; black.

1. Malleable-Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.3, Class 150, standard pattern, with threaded ends

according to ASME B1.20.1.

2. Unions: ASME B16.39, Class 150, malleable iron with brass-to-iron seat, ground joint, and

threaded ends according to ASME B1.20.1.

3. Cast-Iron Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ASME B16.1, Class 125.

4. Steel Welding Fittings: ASME B16.9, wrought steel or ASME B16.11, forged steel.

5. Steel Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.11, forged steel with threaded ends according to

ASME B1.20.1.

6. Joint Compound and Tape: Suitable for natural gas.

7. Steel Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ASME B16.5.

8. Gasket Material: Thickness, material, and type suitable for natural gas.

B. Common Joining Materials: Refer to Division 23 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods" for

joining materials not in this Section.

2.2 SPECIALTIES

A. Flexible Connectors: ANSI Z21.24, copper alloy.

2.3 VALVES

A. Valves, NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Threaded ends according to ASME B1.20.1 for pipe threads.

B. Valves, NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and Larger: Flanged ends according to ASME B16.5 for steel flanges and

according to ASME B16.24 for copper and copper-alloy flanges.

C. Appliance Connector Valves: ANSI Z21.15 and IAS listed.

D. Gas Stops: Bronze body with AGA stamp, plug type with bronze plug and flat or square head, ball type

with chrome-plated brass ball and lever handle, or butterfly valve with stainless-steel disc and fluorocarbon

elastomer seal and lever handle; 2-psig (13.8-kPa) minimum pressure rating.

E. Gas Valves, NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and Smaller: ASME B16.33 and IAS-listed bronze body and 125-psig

(860-kPa) pressure rating.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PIPING APPLICATIONS

A. Use flanges, unions, transition, and special fittings in applications below, unless otherwise indicated.

1. NPS 1/2 (DN 15) and Smaller: NPS 3/4 (DN 20) steel pipe, malleable-iron threaded fittings, and

threaded joints.



2. NPS 3/4 and NPS 1 (DN 20 and DN 25): Steel pipe, malleable-iron threaded fittings, and threaded

joints.

3. NPS 1-1/4 to NPS 4 (DN 32 to DN 100): Steel pipe, malleable-iron threaded fittings, and threaded

joints.

4. NPS 1-1/4 to NPS 4 (DN 32 to DN 100): Steel pipe, steel welding fittings, and welded joints.

3.2 VALVE APPLICATIONS

A. Appliance Shutoff Valves for Pressure 0.5 psig (3.45 kPa) or Less: Appliance connector valve or gas stop.

B. Piping Line Valves, NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and Smaller: Gas valve.

3.3 INSTALLATION

A. Refer to Division 23 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods" for basic piping installation

requirements and piping joint construction.

B. Coordinate installation of service-meter assemblies with the local utilities.

C. Drips and Sediment Traps: Install drips at points where condensate may collect. Locate where readily

accessible for cleaning and emptying. Do not install where condensate would be subject to freezing.

1. Construct drips and sediment traps using tee fitting with bottom outlet plugged or capped. Use

minimum-length nipple of 3 pipe diameters, but not less than 3 inches (75 mm) long, and same size

as connected pipe. Install with space between bottom of drip and floor for removal of plug or cap.

D. Install fuel gas piping at uniform grade of 0.1 percent slope upward toward risers.

E. Use eccentric reducer fittings to make reductions in pipe sizes. Install fittings with level side down.

F. Connect branch piping from top or side of horizontal piping.

G. Install unions in pipes NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller, adjacent to each valve, at final connection to each piece

of equipment, and elsewhere as indicated. Unions are not required on flanged devices.

H. Install flanges on valves, specialties, and equipment having NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and larger connections.

I. Install vent piping for gas pressure regulators and gas trains, extend outside building, and vent to

atmosphere. Terminate vents with turned-down, reducing-elbow fittings with corrosion-resistant insect

screens in large end.

3.4 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS

A. Refer to Division 23 Section "Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment" for pipe hanger

and support devices.

B. Install hangers for horizontal steel piping with the following maximum spacing and minimum rod sizes:

1. NPS 1 (DN 25) and Smaller: Maximum span, 96 inches (2438 mm); minimum rod size, 3/8 inch

(10 mm).

2. NPS 1-1/4 (DN 32): Maximum span, 108 inches (2743 mm); minimum rod size, 3/8 inch (10 mm).



3. NPS 1-1/2 and NPS 2 (DN 40 and DN 50): Maximum span, 108 inches (2743 mm); minimum rod

size, 3/8 inch (10 mm).

4. NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 3-1/2 (DN 65 to DN 90): Maximum span, 10 feet (3 m); minimum rod size, 1/2

inch (13 mm).

5. NPS 4 (DN 100) and Larger: Maximum span, 10 feet (3 m); minimum rod size, 5/8 inch (16 mm).

3.5 CONNECTIONS

A. Install piping adjacent to appliances to allow service and maintenance. Connect piping to appliances using

gas with shutoff valves and unions. Install valve upstream from and within 72 inches (1800 mm) of each

appliance. Install union downstream from valve.

3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Inspect, test, and purge piping according to ANSI Z223.1, Part 4 "Inspection, Testing, and Purging," and

requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Repair leaks and defects with new materials and retest

system until satisfactory results are obtained.



HYDRONIC PIPING 232113 - 1

SECTION 232113 - HYDRONIC PIPING

PART 1 - GENERAL




1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes piping, special-duty valves, and hydronic specialties for hot-water

heating, and condensate drain piping from air handling equipment

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. DN: Dimension Nominal

B. DWV: Drainage, Waste and Vent

C. NPS: Nominal Pipe Size

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of special-duty valve indicated. Include flow and pressure drop

curves based on manufacturer's testing for diverting fittings, calibrated balancing valves, and

automatic flow-control valves. For expansion tanks, air separators and purgers, flexible

connectors, and expansion joints.

B. Shop Drawings: Detail fabrication of pipe anchors, hangers, special pipe support assemblies,

alignment guides, expansion joints and loops, and their attachment to the building structure.

Detail location of anchors, alignment guides, and expansion joints and loops.

C. Welding Certificates: Copies of certificates for welding procedures and personnel.

D. Field Test Reports: Written reports of tests specified in Part 3 of this Section. Include the

following:

1. Test procedures used.

2. Test results that comply with requirements.

3. Failed test results and corrective action taken to achieve requirements.

E. Maintenance Data: For hydronic specialties and special-duty valves to include in maintenance

manuals specified in Division 1.



F. Water Analysis: Submit a copy of the water analysis to illustrate water quality available at

Project site.


A. ASME Compliance: Comply with ASME B31.9, "Building Services Piping," for materials,

products, and installation. Safety valves and pressure vessels shall bear the appropriate ASME

label. Fabricate and stamp air separators and expansion tanks to comply with the ASME Boiler

and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, Division 1.

1.6 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate layout and installation of hydronic piping and piping support system components

with other construction, including light fixtures, HVAC equipment, fire-suppression-system

components, and partition assemblies.

B. Coordinate pipe fitting pressure classes with products specified in related Sections.

1.7 EXTRA MATERIALS

A. Water Treatment Chemicals: Furnish sufficient chemicals for initial system startup and for

preventive maintenance for one year from date of Substantial Completion.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering

products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

1. Safety Valves:

a. Amtrol, Inc.

b. Armstrong Pumps, Inc.

c. Conbraco Industries, Inc.

2.2 PIPING MATERIALS

A. General: Refer to Part 3 "Piping Applications" Article for applications of pipe and fitting

materials.

2.3 COPPER TUBE AND FITTINGS

A. Drawn-Temper Copper Tubing: ASTM B 88M, Type B (ASTM B 88, Type L), ASTM B 88M

Type C (ASTM B 88, Type M) ASTM B 88M, Type A (ASTM B 88, Type K).



B. Wrought-Copper Fittings: ASME B16.22.

C. Wrought-Copper Unions: ASME B16.22.

D. Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B 32, 95-5 tin antimony.

E. Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8, Classification BAg-1 (silver).

2.4 VALVES

A. Gate, globe, and ball, valves are specified in "General-Duty Valves for HVAC Piping."

B. Refer to Part 3 "Valve Applications" Article for applications of each valve.

C. Safety Valves: Diaphragm-operated, bronze or brass body with brass and rubber, wetted,

internal working parts; shall suit system pressure and heat capacity and shall comply with the

ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section IV.

2.5 HYDRONIC SPECIALTIES

A. Manual Air Vent: Bronze body and nonferrous internal parts; 1035-kPa (150-psig) working

pressure; 107 deg C (225 deg F) operating temperature; manually operated with screwdriver or

thumbscrew; with DN 6 (NPS 1/8) discharge connection and DN 15 (NPS 1/2) inlet connection.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PIPING APPLICATIONS

A. Hot Water: Type B (Type L) drawn-temper copper tubing with soldered joints.

B. Condensate Drain Lines: Type B (Type L) drawn-temper copper tubing with soldered joints.

3.2 VALVE APPLICATIONS

A. General-Duty Valve Applications: Unless otherwise indicated, use the following valve types:

1. Shutoff Duty: Gate, or ball valves.

2. Throttling Duty: Globe or ball valves.

B. Install shutoff duty valves at each branch connection to supply mains, at supply connection to

each piece of equipment, unless only one piece of equipment is connected in the branch line.

Install throttling duty valves at each branch connection to return mains, at return connections to

each piece of equipment, and elsewhere as indicated.

C. Install safety valves on hot-water generators, and elsewhere as required by the ASME Boiler

and Pressure Vessel Code. Install safety-valve discharge piping, without valves, to floor drain.



Comply with the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, Division 1, for

installation requirements.

3.3 PIPING INSTALLATIONS

A. Install groups of pipes parallel to each other, spaced to permit welding, applying insulation and

servicing of valves.

B. Reduce pipe sizes using eccentric reducer fitting installed with level side up.

C. When branch lines are two nominal pipe sizes smaller than the main, integrally reinforced

branch welding fitting may be used. Follow the manufacturers written instructions regarding

welding procedures, weld passes and cutting holes in the main to form the branch.

D. Field mitering of pipe to form elbows, tees or any other pipe fitting is not acceptable.

3.4 BRANCH LINES

A. All branches from mains shall be made with factory fittings. Mitering of pipe will not be

permitted.

B. All branches in copper lines shall be made with tees.

3.5 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS

A. Install the following pipe attachments:

1. Adjustable steel clevis hangers for individual horizontal piping less than 6 m (20 feet)

long.

B. Install hangers for drawn-temper copper piping with the following maximum spacing and

minimum rod sizes:

1. DN 20 (NPS 3/4): Maximum span, 1.5 m (5 feet); minimum rod size, 6.4 mm (1/4 inch).

2. DN 25 (NPS 1): Maximum span, 1.8 m (6 feet); minimum rod size, 6.4 mm (1/4 inch).

3. DN 40 (NPS 1-1/2): Maximum span, 2.4 m (8 feet); minimum rod size, 10 mm (3/8

inch).

4. DN 50 (NPS 2): Maximum span, 2.4 m (8 feet); minimum rod size, 10 mm (3/8 inch).

5. DN 65 (NPS 2-1/2): Maximum span, 2.7 m (9 feet); minimum rod size, 10 mm (3/8

inch).

3.6 HYDRONIC SPECIALTIES INSTALLATION

A. Install manual air vents at high points in piping, at heat-transfer coils, and elsewhere as required

for system air venting.




A. Prepare hydronic piping according to ASME B31.9 and as follows:

1. Leave joints, including welds, uninsulated and exposed for examination during test.

2. Provide temporary restraints for expansion joints that cannot sustain reactions due to test

pressure. If temporary restraints are impractical, isolate expansion joints from testing.

3. Flush system with clean water. Clean strainers.

4. Isolate equipment from piping. If a valve is used to isolate equipment, its closure shall be

capable of sealing against test pressure without damage to valve. Install blinds in flanged

joints to isolate equipment.

5. Install safety valve, set at a pressure no more than one-third higher than test pressure, to

protect against damage by expanding liquid or other source of overpressure during test.

B. Perform the following tests on hydronic piping:

1. Use ambient temperature water as a testing medium unless there is risk of damage due to

freezing. Another liquid that is safe for workers and compatible with piping may be

used.

2. While filling system, use vents installed at high points of system to release trapped air.

Use drains installed at low points for complete draining of liquid.

3. Subject piping system to hydrostatic test pressure that is not less than 1.5 times the design

pressure. Test pressure shall not exceed maximum pressure for any vessel, pump, valve,

or other component in system under test. Verify that stress due to pressure at bottom of

vertical runs does not exceed either 90 percent of specified minimum yield strength or 1.7

times "SE" value in Appendix A of ASME B31.9, "Building Services Piping."

4. After hydrostatic test pressure has been applied for at least 10 minutes, examine piping,

joints, and connections for leakage. Eliminate leaks by tightening, repairing, or replacing

components, and repeat hydrostatic test until there are no leaks.

5. Prepare written report of testing.

3.8 ADJUSTING

A. Perform these adjustments before operating the system:

1. Open valves to fully open position.

2. Set automatic fill valves for required system pressure.

3. Check air vents at high points of system and determine if all are installed and operating

freely, or bleed air completely.

4. Check and set operating temperatures of boilers to design requirements.

5. Lubricate motors and bearings.

3.9 CLEANING

A. Flush hydronic piping systems with clean water. Remove and clean strainer screens.




HVAC WATER TREATMENT 232500 - 1

SECTION 232500 - HVAC WATER TREATMENT

PART 1 - GENERAL


A. Drawing and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary


1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes water-treatment systems for the following:

1. Heating, hot-water piping (closed-loop system).

1.3 CHEMICAL FEED SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

A. Closed-Loop System: One bypass feeder existing on each system with isolating and drain

valves downstream from circulating pumps, unless otherwise indicated.

1. Introduce chemical treatment through bypass feeder when required or indicated by test.


A. Maintain water quality for HVAC systems that controls corrosion and build-up of scale and

biological growth for maximum efficiency of installed equipment without posing a hazard to

operating personnel or the environment.

B. Base chemical treatment performance requirements on quality of water available at Project site,

HVAC system equipment material characteristics and functional performance characteristics,

operating personnel capabilities, and requirements and guidelines of authorities having

jurisdiction.

1. Closed System: Maintain system essentially free of scale, corrosion, and fouling to

sustain the following water characteristics:

a. Copper: Test to determine.

b. pH: Test to determine.

1.5 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: Include rated capacities; water-pressure drops; shipping, installed, and operating

weights; and furnished products listed below:



1. Chemical feeders.


A. Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer for both installation and maintenance of

chemical treatment equipment required for this Project.

1.7 MAINTENANCE

A. Scope of Service: Provide chemicals and service program for maintaining optimum conditions

in the circulating water for inhibiting corrosion, scale, and organic growths in the cooling,

chilled-water piping, heating, hot-water piping and equipment. Services and chemicals shall be

provided for a period of one year from date of Substantial Completion, including the following:

1. Initial water analysis and recommendations.

2. Startup assistance.

3. Periodic field service and consultation.

4. Customer report charts and log sheets.

5. Laboratory technical assistance.

6. Analyses and reports of all chemical items concerning safety and compliance with

government regulations.

1.8 EXTRA MATERIALS

A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged

with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.

1. Chemicals: Furnish quantity equal to 100 percent of amount initially installed.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. Manufacturers: Coordinate with owner on whom is providing service.

2.2 CHEMICALS

A. Furnish chemicals recommended by water-treatment system manufacturer that are compatible

with piping system components and connected equipment.

B. System Cleaner: Liquid alkaline compound with emulsifying agents and detergents to remove

grease and petroleum products.

C. Biocide: Chlorine release agents or microbiocides.



D. Closed-Loop, Water Piping Chemicals: Sequestering agent to reduce deposits and adjust pH,

corrosion inhibitors, and conductivity enhancers.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 WATER ANALYSIS

A. Perform an analysis of supply water to determine the type and quantities of chemical treatment

needed to maintain the water quality.

3.2 INSTALLATION

A. Add cleaning chemicals as recommended by manufacturer.

3.3 DEMONSTRATION

A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to

adjust, operate, and maintain HVAC water-treatment systems and equipment.

B. Review manufacturer's safety data sheets for handling of chemicals.




CONDENSING BOILERS 235216 - 1

SECTION 235216 - CONDENSING BOILERS

PART 1 - GENERAL




1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes packaged, factory-fabricated and -assembled, gas-fired, condensing boilers,

trim, and accessories for generating hot water.

1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: Include performance data, operating characteristics, furnished specialties, and

accessories.

B. Shop Drawings: For boilers, boiler trim, and accessories. Include plans, elevations, sections,

details, and attachments to other work.

1. Include diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring.

C. Source quality-control reports.

D. Field quality-control reports.

E. Warranty: Special warranty specified in this Section.

1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For boilers to include in emergency, operation, and

maintenance manuals.


A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,

Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for

intended use.

B. ASME Compliance: Fabricate and label boilers to comply with ASME Boiler and Pressure

Vessel Code.



C. ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1 Compliance: Boilers shall have minimum efficiency according to "Gas

and Oil Fired Boilers - Minimum Efficiency Requirements."

D. DOE Compliance: Minimum efficiency shall comply with 10 CFR 430, Subpart B,

Appendix N, "Uniform Test Method for Measuring the Energy Consumption of Furnaces and

Boilers."

E. UL Compliance: Test boilers for compliance with UL 795, "Commercial-Industrial Gas

Heating Equipment." Boilers shall be listed and labeled by a testing agency acceptable to

authorities having jurisdiction.

1.6 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate size and location of concrete bases.

1.7 WARRANTY

A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or

replace components of boilers that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty

period.

1. Warranty Period for Boilers:

a. Heat Exchanger Damaged by Thermal Shock: 12 years from date of Substantial

Completion.

b. Heat-Exchanger Corrosion: Nonprorated for 12 years from date of Substantial

Completion.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 CONDENSING BOILERS



1. Laars Heating Systems Company.

2. Lochinvar Corporation. (Basis of Design)

3. Patterson-Kelly Boilers

B. Description: Factory-fabricated, -assembled, and -tested, condensing boiler with heat

exchanger sealed pressure tight, built on a steel base; including insulated jacket; flue-gas vent;

combustion-air intake connections; water supply, return, and condensate drain connections; and

controls.

C. Heat Exchanger: ASME stainless-steel primary and secondary combustion chamber.

D. Burner: Natural gas, self-aspirating and self-venting after initial start. Full modulation firing

down to 20% of rated input with a turndown of 5:1.





E. Blower: Centrifugal fan to operate only during start of each burner sequence.

F. Gas Train: Combination gas valve with manual shutoff and pressure regulator.

G. Ignition: Spark ignition with 100 percent main-valve shutoff with electronic flame supervision.

H. Casing:

1. Jacket: Sheet metal, with snap-in or interlocking closures.

2. Control Compartment Enclosure: NEMA 250, Type 1A.

3. Finish: Baked-enamel or Powder-coated protective finish, manufacturer standard.

4. Insulation: Minimum 2-inch- (50-mm-) thick, mineral-fiber insulation surrounding the

heat exchanger.

5. Combustion-Air Connection: Inlet duct collar and sheet metal closure over burner

compartment.

6. Mounting base to secure boiler to concrete base.

I. Mufflers: Carbon-steel intake muffler and stainless-steel exhaust.

J. Condensate Trap: Cast-iron body with stainless-steel internal parts.

2.2 TRIM

A. Include devices sized to comply with ANSI B31.9, "Building Services Piping."

B. Safety Relief Valve: ASME rated.

C. Circulation Pump: Non-overloading, in-line pump with split-capacitor motor having thermal-

overload protection and lubricated bearings; designed to operate at specified boiler pressures

and temperatures.

2.3 CONTROLS

A. Boiler operating controls shall include the following devices and features:

1. Control transformer.

2. Set-Point Adjust: Set points shall be adjustable.

3. Sequence of Operation: Electric, factory-fabricated and field-installed panel to control

burner firing rate to reset supply-water temperature inversely with outside-air

temperature. At 20 deg F outside-air temperature, set supply-water temperature at 180

deg F at 60 deg F outside-air temperature, set supply-water temperature at 120 deg F.

B. Burner Operating Controls: To maintain safe operating conditions, burner safety controls limit

burner operation.

1. High Cutoff: Automatic reset stops burner if operating conditions rise above maximum

boiler design temperature.

2. Low-Water Cutoff Switch: Electronic probe shall prevent burner operation on low water.

Cutoff switch shall be automatic-reset type.



3. Audible Alarm: Factory mounted on control panel with silence switch; shall sound alarm

for above conditions.

C. Building Automation System Interface: Factory install hardware and software to enable

building automation system to monitor, control, and display boiler status and alarms.

1. Hardwired Points:

a. Monitoring: On/off status, common trouble alarm.

b. Control: On/off operation, hot water supply temperature set-point adjustment.

2. A communication interface with building automation system shall enable building

automation system operator to remotely control and monitor the boiler from an operator

workstation. Control features available, and monitoring points displayed, locally at boiler

control panel shall be available through building automation system.

2.4 ELECTRICAL POWER

A. Controllers, Electrical Devices, and Wiring: Electrical devices and connections are specified in

electrical Sections.

B. Single-Point Field Power Connection: Factory-installed and -wired switches, motor controllers,

transformers, and other electrical devices necessary shall provide a single-point field power

connection to boiler.

2.5 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL

A. Burner and Hydrostatic Test: Factory adjust burner to eliminate excess oxygen, carbon dioxide,

oxides of nitrogen emissions, and carbon monoxide in flue gas and to achieve combustion

efficiency; perform hydrostatic test.

B. Test and inspect factory-assembled boilers, before shipping, according to ASME Boiler and

Pressure Vessel Code.

C. Allow Owner access to source quality-control testing of boilers. Notify Architect 14 days in

advance of testing.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Before boiler installation, examine roughing-in for concrete equipment bases, anchor-bolt sizes

and locations, and piping and electrical connections to verify actual locations, sizes, and other

conditions affecting boiler performance, maintenance, and operations.

1. Final boiler locations indicated on Drawings are approximate. Determine exact locations

before roughing-in for piping and electrical connections.



B. Examine mechanical spaces for suitable conditions where boilers will be installed.

C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.2 BOILER INSTALLATION

A. Equipment Mounting:

1. Install boilers on cast-in-place concrete equipment base.

B. Install gas-fired boilers according to NFPA 54.

C. Assemble and install boiler trim.

D. Install electrical devices furnished with boiler but not specified to be factory mounted.

E. Install control wiring to field-mounted electrical devices.

3.3 CONNECTIONS

A. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Sections. Drawings indicate general

arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties.

B. Install piping adjacent to boiler to allow service and maintenance.

C. Install piping from equipment drain connection to nearest floor drain. Piping shall be at least

full size of connection. Provide an isolation valve if required.

D. Connect gas piping to boiler gas-train inlet with union. Piping shall be at least full size of gas

train connection. Provide a reducer if required.

E. Connect hot-water piping to supply- and return-boiler tappings with shutoff valve and union or

flange at each connection.

F. Install piping from safety relief valves to nearest floor drain.

G. Ground equipment according to Section 260526 "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical

Systems."

H. Connect wiring according to Section 260519 "Conductors and Cables."


A. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections.

B. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to test and

inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections.



C. Perform the following tests and inspections with the assistance of a factory-authorized service

representative:

1. Perform installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written instructions.

2. Leak Test: Hydrostatic test. Repair leaks and retest until no leaks exist.

3. Operational Test: Start units to confirm proper motor rotation and unit operation. Adjust

air-fuel ratio and combustion.

4. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and

equipment.

a. Check and adjust initial operating set points and high- and low-limit safety set

points of fuel supply, water level and water temperature.

b. Set field-adjustable switches and circuit-breaker trip ranges as indicated.

D. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above.

E. Prepare test and inspection reports.

F. Performance Tests:

1. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect component assemblies and

equipment installations, including connections, and to conduct performance testing.

2. Provide analysis equipment required to determine performance.

3. Notify Architect in advance of test dates.

4. Document test results in a report and submit to Architect.

3.5 DEMONSTRATION

A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to

adjust, operate, and maintain boilers.



ROOFTOP AIR CONDITIONERS 237413 - 1

SECTION 237413 - ROOFTOP AIR CONDITIONERS

PART 1 - GENERAL




1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the following rooftop air conditioners:

1. Cooling and heating units 6 tons (21 kW) and smaller.

2. Cooling and heating units 7-1/2 to 20 tons (26 to 70 kW).

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each model indicated.

B. Shop Drawings: Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required

clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection.

Prepare the following by or under the supervision of a qualified professional engineer:

1. Detail mounting, securing, and flashing of roof curb to roof structure. Indicate coordinating

requirements with roof membrane system.

2. Wiring Diagrams: Power, signal, and control wiring.

C. Field quality-control test reports.

D. Operation and maintenance data.

E. Warranties: Special warranties specified in this Section.



Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended

use.

B. Fabricate and label refrigeration system to comply with ASHRAE 15, "Safety Code for Mechanical

Refrigeration."

C. Energy-Efficiency Ratio: Equal to or greater than prescribed by ASHRAE 90.1, "Energy Efficient

Design of New Buildings except Low-Rise Residential Buildings."

D. Coefficient of Performance: Equal to or greater than prescribed by ASHRAE 90.1, "Energy Efficient

Design of New Buildings except Low-Rise Residential Buildings."



E. Comply with NFPA 54 for gas-fired furnace section.

F. Units shall be designed to operate with HCFC-free refrigerants.

1.5 WARRANTY

A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to replace components of

rooftop air conditioners that fails in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.

1. Warranty Period for Compressors: Manufacturer's standard, but not less than five years from date

of Substantial Completion.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. In other Part 2 articles where subparagraph titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply

for product selection:

1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering

products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the manufacturers

specified.

2.2 ROOFTOP AIR CONDITIONERS 6 TONS (21 kW) AND SMALLER

A. Available Manufacturers:

1. Carrier Corp.

2. Lennox Industries Inc.

3. Trane Company (The); North American Commercial Group.

4. YORK International Corporation.

B. Description: Factory assembled and tested; designed for exterior installation; consisting of compressor,

indoor and outside refrigerant coils, indoor fan and outside coil fan, refrigeration and temperature

controls, filters, and dampers.

C. Casing: Galvanized-steel construction with enamel paint finish, removable panels or access doors with

neoprene gaskets for inspection and access to internal parts, minimum 1/2-inch- (13-mm-) thick thermal

insulation, knockouts for electrical and piping connections, exterior condensate drain connection, and

lifting lugs.

D. Indoor Fan: Forward curved, centrifugal, belt driven by single-speed motor.

E. Outside Coil Fan: Propeller type, directly driven by motor.

F. Refrigerant Coils: Aluminum-plate fin and seamless copper tube in steel casing with equalizing-type

vertical distributor.

G. Compressor: Hermetic scroll compressor with integral vibration isolators, internal overcurrent and

overtemperature protection, internal pressure relief, and crankcase heater.



H. Refrigeration System:

1. Compressor.

2. Outside coil and fan.

3. Indoor coil and fan.

4. Expansion valve with replaceable thermostatic element.

5. Refrigerant dryer.

6. High-pressure switch.

7. Low-pressure switch.

8. Refrigerant Charge.

I. Filters: 2-inch- (50-mm-) thick, fiberglass throwaway filters in filter rack.

J. Heat Exchanger: Aluminized-steel construction for natural-gas-fired burners with the following controls:

1. Redundant single or dual gas valve with manual shutoff.

2. Hot coil pilot ignition.

3. Electronic flame sensor.

4. Induced-draft blower.

K. Power Connection: Provide for single connection of power to unit with unit-mounted disconnect switch

accessible from outside unit and control-circuit transformer with built-in circuit breaker.

L. Unit Controls: Solid-state control board and components contain at least the following features:

1. Indoor fan on/off delay.

2. Default control to ensure proper operation after power interruption.

3. Service relay output.

4. Unit diagnostics and diagnostic code storage.

5. Field-adjustable control parameters.

6. Economizer control

7. Minimum run time.

8. Night setback mode.

M. Electromechanical Thermostat: Staged heating and cooling on subbase with manual system switch (on-

heat-auto-cool) and fan switch (auto-on).

1. Night setback operation with single-stage heating control with seven-day 24-hour time clock with

battery backup.

N. Optional Accessories:

1. Condensate drain trap.

O. Outdoor- and Return-Air Mixing Dampers: Parallel- or opposed-blade galvanized-steel dampers

mechanically fastened to cadmium plated for galvanized-steel operating rod in reinforced cabinet.

Connect operating rods with common linkage and interconnect linkages so dampers operate

simultaneously.

1. Damper Motor: Modulating with adjustable minimum position.

2. Relief-Air Damper: Gravity actuated or motorized, as required by ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1, with

bird screen and hood.



2.3 ROOFTOP AIR CONDITIONERS 7-1/2 TO 20 TONS (26 TO 70 kW)

A. Available Manufacturers:

1. Carrier Corp.

2. Lennox Industries Inc.

3. Trane Company (The); North American Commercial Group.

4. YORK International Corporation.

B. Description: Factory assembled and tested; designed for exterior installation; consisting of compressor,

indoor and outside refrigerant coils, indoor fan and outside coil fan, refrigeration and temperature

controls, filters, and dampers.

C. Casing: Galvanized-steel construction with enamel paint finish, removable panels or access doors with

neoprene gaskets for inspection and access to internal parts, minimum 1/2-inch- (13-mm-) thick thermal

insulation, knockouts for electrical and piping connections, exterior condensate drain connection, and

lifting lugs.

D. Indoor Fan: Forward curved, centrifugal, belt driven with adjustable motor sheaves, grease-lubricated

ball bearings, and motor.

E. Outside Coil Fan: Propeller type, directly driven by permanently lubricated motor.

F. Refrigerant Coils: Aluminum-plate fin and seamless copper tube in steel casing with equalizing-type

vertical distributor.

G. Compressor(s): Two hermetic scroll compressors with integral vibration isolators, internal overcurrent

and overtemperature protection, internal pressure relief, and crankcase heater(s).

H. Refrigeration System:

1. Compressor(s).

2. Outside coil and fan.

3. Indoor coil and fan.

4. Expansion valves with replaceable thermostatic elements.

5. Refrigerant dryers.

6. High-pressure switches.

7. Low-pressure switches.

8. Independent refrigerant circuits.

9. Brass service valves installed in discharge and liquid lines.

10. Refrigerant Charge.

11. Timed Off Control: Automatic-reset control shuts compressor off after five minutes.

I. Filters: 2-inch- (50-mm-) thick, fiberglass, throwaway filters in filter rack.

J. Heat Exchanger: Aluminized-steel construction for natural-gas-fired burners with the following controls:

1. Redundant dual gas valve with manual shutoff.

2. Hot coil pilot ignition.

3. Electronic flame sensor.

4. Induced-draft blower.

K. Power Connection: Provide for single connection of power to unit with unit-mounted disconnect switch

accessible from outside unit and control-circuit transformer with built-in circuit breaker.



L. Unit Controls: Solid-state control board and components contain at least the following features:

1. Indoor fan on/off delay.

2. Default control to ensure proper operation after power interruption.

3. Service relay output.

4. Unit diagnostics and diagnostic code storage.

5. Field-adjustable control parameters.

6. Economizer control.

7. Gas valve delay between first- and second-stage firing.

8. Minimum run time.

9. Night setback mode.

M. Electromechanical Thermostat: Staged heating and cooling on subbase with manual system switch (on-

heat-auto-cool) and fan switch (auto-on).

1. Night setback operation with single-stage heating control with seven-day time clock with battery

backup.

N. Optional Accessories:

1. PVC condensate drain trap.

O. Outdoor- and Return-Air Mixing Dampers: Parallel- or opposed-blade galvanized-steel dampers

mechanically fastened to cadmium plated for galvanized-steel operating rod in reinforced cabinet.

Connect operating rods with common linkage and interconnect linkages so dampers operate

simultaneously.

1. Damper Motor: Modulating with adjustable minimum position.

2. Relief-Air Damper: Gravity actuated or motorized, as required by ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1, with

bird screen and hood.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Install units level and plumb, maintaining manufacturer's recommended clearances. Install according to

ARI Guideline B.

B. Provide a curb adapter.

3.2 CONNECTIONS

A. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 23 Sections. Drawings indicate general

arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties.

B. Install piping adjacent to machine to allow service and maintenance.

1. Gas Piping: Comply with applicable requirements in Division 23 Section "Fuel Gas Piping."

Connect gas piping to burner, full size of gas train inlet, and connect with union and shutoff valve

with sufficient clearance for burner removal and service.



C. Electrical System Connections: Comply with applicable requirements in Division 26 Sections for power

wiring, switches, and motor controls.

D. Ground equipment according to Division 26 Section "Grounding and Bonding."


A. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect, test, and

adjust field-assembled components and equipment installation, including connections, and to assist in

field testing. Report results in writing.

B. Perform the following field quality-control tests and inspections and prepare test reports:

1. After installing rooftop air conditioners and after electrical circuitry has been energized, test units

for compliance with requirements.

2. Inspect for and remove shipping bolts, blocks, and tie-down straps.

3. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper motor

rotation and unit operation.

4. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and

equipment.

C. Remove malfunctioning units, replace with new units, and retest as specified above.

3.4 ADJUSTING

A. Adjust initial temperature set points.

B. Set field-adjustable switches and circuit-breaker trip ranges as indicated.



COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 260510 - 1

SECTION 260510 - COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL

PART 1 - GENERAL


A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions

and Division 01 Specification sections, apply to work of this section.

1.2 SUMMARY


1. Sleeves for raceways and cables.

2. Sleeve seals.

3. Grout.

4. Common electrical installation requirements.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For sleeve seals.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 SLEEVES FOR RACEWAYS AND CABLES

A. Steel Pipe Sleeves: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, galvanized steel, plain

ends.

B. Cast-Iron Pipe Sleeves: Cast or fabricated "wall pipe," equivalent to ductile-iron pressure pipe,

with plain ends and integral waterstop, unless otherwise indicated.

C. Sleeves for Rectangular Openings: Galvanized sheet steel.

1. Minimum Metal Thickness:

a. For sleeve cross-section rectangle perimeter less than 50 inches (1270 mm) and no

side more than 16 inches (400 mm), thickness shall be 0.052 inch (1.3 mm).

b. For sleeve cross-section rectangle perimeter equal to, or more than, 50 inches

(1270 mm) and 1 or more sides equal to, or more than, 16 inches (400 mm),

thickness shall be 0.138 inch (3.5 mm).



2.2 SLEEVE SEALS

A. Description: Modular sealing device, designed for field assembly, to fill annular space between

sleeve and raceway or cable.

1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the

following:

a. Advance Products & Systems, Inc.

b. Calpico, Inc.

c. Metraflex Co.

d. Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc.

2. Sealing Elements: EPDM interlocking links shaped to fit surface of cable or conduit.

Include type and number required for material and size of raceway or cable.

3. Pressure Plates: Stainless steel. Include two for each sealing element.

4. Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Stainless steel of length required to secure pressure plates to

sealing elements. Include one for each sealing element.

2.3 GROUT

A. Nonmetallic, Shrinkage-Resistant Grout: ASTM C 1107, factory-packaged, nonmetallic

aggregate grout, noncorrosive, nonstaining, mixed with water to consistency suitable for

application and a 30-minute working time.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 COMMON REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION

A. Comply with NECA 1.

B. Measure indicated mounting heights to bottom of unit for suspended items and to center of unit

for wall-mounting items.

C. Headroom Maintenance: If mounting heights or other location criteria are not indicated,

arrange and install components and equipment to provide maximum possible headroom

consistent with these requirements.

D. Equipment: Install to facilitate service, maintenance, and repair or replacement of components

of both electrical equipment and other nearby installations. Connect in such a way as to

facilitate future disconnecting with minimum interference with other items in the vicinity.

E. Right of Way: Give to piping systems installed at a required slope.

3.2 SLEEVE INSTALLATION FOR ELECTRICAL PENETRATIONS

A. Electrical penetrations occur when raceways, penetrate concrete slabs, concrete or masonry

walls, or fire-rated floor and wall assemblies.



B. Concrete Slabs and Walls: Install sleeves for penetrations unless core-drilled holes or formed

openings are used. Install sleeves during erection of slabs and walls.

C. Use pipe sleeves unless penetration arrangement requires rectangular sleeved opening.

D. Fire-Rated Assemblies: Install sleeves for penetrations of fire-rated floor and wall assemblies

unless openings compatible with firestop system used are fabricated during construction of floor

or wall.

E. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces of walls.

F. Size pipe sleeves to provide 1/4-inch (6.4-mm) annular clear space between sleeve and raceway,

unless indicated otherwise.

G. Seal space outside of sleeves with grout for penetrations of concrete and masonry

1. Promptly pack grout solidly between sleeve and wall so no voids remain. Tool exposed

surfaces smooth; protect grout while curing.

H. Interior Penetrations of Non-Fire-Rated Walls and Floors: Seal annular space between sleeve

and raceway or cable, using joint sealant appropriate for size, depth, and location of joint.

Comply with requirements in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants."

I. Fire-Rated-Assembly Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings,

and floors at raceway and cable penetrations. Install sleeves and seal raceway and cable

penetration sleeves with firestop materials. Comply with requirements in Division 7 Section

"Through-Penetration Firestop Systems."

J. Roof-Penetration Sleeves: Seal penetration of individual raceways and cables with flexible

boot-type flashing units applied in coordination with roofing work.

K. Aboveground, Exterior-Wall Penetrations: Seal penetrations using cast-iron pipe sleeves and

mechanical sleeve seals. Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch (25-mm) annular clear space

between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals.

3.3 SLEEVE-SEAL INSTALLATION

A. Install to seal exterior wall penetrations.

B. Use type and number of sealing elements recommended by manufacturer for raceway or cable

material and size. Position raceway or cable in center of sleeve. Assemble mechanical sleeve

seals and install in annular space between raceway or cable and sleeve. Tighten bolts against

pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make watertight seal.

3.4 FIRESTOPPING

A. Apply firestopping to penetrations of fire-rated floor and wall assemblies for electrical

installations to restore original fire-resistance rating of assembly.




CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260519 - 1

SECTION 260519 - CONDUCTORS AND CABLES

PART 1 - GENERAL




1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the following:

1. Building wires and cables rated 600 V and less.

2. Connectors, splices, and terminations rated 600 V and less.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.

B. Field quality-control test reports.




intended use.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 CONDUCTORS AND CABLES

A. Copper Conductors: Comply with NEMA WC 70.

B. Conductor Insulation: Comply with NEMA WC 70 for Types THHN-THWN.

2.2 CONNECTORS AND SPLICES

A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering





1. AFC Cable Systems, Inc.

2. Hubbell Power Systems, Inc.

3. O-Z/Gedney; EGS Electrical Group LLC.

4. 3M; Electrical Products Division.

5. Tyco Electronics Corp.

B. Description: Factory-fabricated connectors and splices of size, ampacity rating, material, type,

and class for application and service indicated.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 CONDUCTOR MATERIAL APPLICATIONS

A. Feeders: Copper. Solid for No. 10 AWG and smaller; stranded for No. 8 AWG and larger.

B. Branch Circuits: Copper. Solid for No. 10 AWG and smaller; stranded for No. 8 AWG and

larger.

3.2 CONDUCTOR INSULATION AND MULTICONDUCTOR CABLE APPLICATIONS AND

WIRING METHODS

A. Exposed Branch Circuits: Type THHN-THWN, single conductors in raceway.

B. Branch Circuits Concealed in Ceilings, Walls, and Partitions: Type THHN-THWN, single

conductors in raceway.

C. Class 1 Control Circuits: Type THHN-THWN, in raceway.

D. Class 2 Control Circuits: Type THHN-THWN, in raceway.

3.3 INSTALLATION OF CONDUCTORS AND CABLES

A. Conceal wiring in finished walls, ceilings, and floors, unless otherwise indicated.

B. Use manufacturer-approved pulling compound or lubricant where necessary; compound used

must not deteriorate conductor or insulation. Do not exceed manufacturer's recommended

maximum pulling tensions and sidewall pressure values.

C. Use pulling means, including fish tape, cable, rope, and basket-weave wire/cable grips, that will

not damage cables or raceway.

D. Identify and color-code conductors and cables according to Division 16 Section "Electrical

Identification."

E. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque-

tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in

UL 486A and UL 486B.



F. Make splices and taps that are compatible with conductor material and that possess equivalent

or better mechanical strength and insulation ratings than unspliced conductors.

G. Wiring at Outlets: Install conductor at each outlet, with at least 6 inches (150 mm) of slack.

3.4 FIRESTOPPING

A. Apply firestopping to electrical penetrations of fire-rated floor and wall assemblies to restore

original fire-resistance rating of assembly.


A. Perform tests and inspections and prepare test reports.

B. Tests and Inspections:

1. After installing conductors and cables and before electrical circuitry has been energized,

test service entrance and feeder conductors, and conductors feeding the following critical

equipment and services for compliance with requirements.

2. Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test stated in NETA

Acceptance Testing Specification. Certify compliance with test parameters.

3. Infrared Scanning: After Substantial Completion, but not more than 60 days after Final

Acceptance, perform an infrared scan of each splice in cables and conductors No. 3 AWG

and larger. Remove box and equipment covers so splices are accessible to portable

scanner.

a. Follow-up Infrared Scanning: Perform an additional follow-up infrared scan of

each splice 11 months after date of Substantial Completion.

b. Instrument: Use an infrared scanning device designed to measure temperature or

to detect significant deviations from normal values. Provide calibration record for

device.

c. Record of Infrared Scanning: Prepare a certified report that identifies splices

checked and that describes scanning results. Include notation of deficiencies

detected, remedial action taken, and observations after remedial action.

C. Test Reports: Prepare a written report to record the following:

1. Test procedures used.

2. Test results that comply with requirements.

3. Test results that do not comply with requirements and corrective action taken to achieve

compliance with requirements.

D. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above.



GROUNDING AND BONDING 260526 - 1

SECTION 260526 - GROUNDING AND BONDING

PART 1 - GENERAL




1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes methods and materials for grounding systems and equipment.

1.3 SUBMITTALS


B. Field quality-control test reports.




intended use.

B. Comply with UL 467 for grounding and bonding materials and equipment.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 CONDUCTORS

A. Insulated Conductors: Copper wire or cable insulated for 600 V unless otherwise required by

applicable Code or authorities having jurisdiction.

B. Bare Copper Conductors:

1. Solid Conductors: ASTM B 3.

2. Stranded Conductors: ASTM B 8.

3. Tinned Conductors: ASTM B 33.

4. Bonding Jumper: Copper tape, braided conductors, terminated with copper ferrules; 1-

5/8 inches (41 mm) wide and 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) thick.

5. Tinned Bonding Jumper: Tinned-copper tape, braided conductors, terminated with

copper ferrules; 1-5/8 inches (41 mm) wide and 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) thick.



2.2 CONNECTORS

A. Listed and labeled by a nationally recognized testing laboratory acceptable to authorities having

jurisdiction for applications in which used, and for specific types, sizes, and combinations of

conductors and other items connected.

B. Bolted Connectors for Conductors and Pipes: Copper or copper alloy, bolted pressure-type,

with at least two bolts.

1. Pipe Connectors: Clamp type, sized for pipe.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 APPLICATIONS

A. Conductors: Install solid conductor for No. 8 AWG and smaller, and stranded conductors for

No. 6 AWG and larger, unless otherwise indicated.

B. Isolated Grounding Conductors: Green-colored insulation with continuous yellow stripe. On

feeders with isolated ground, identify grounding conductor where visible to normal inspection,

with alternating bands of green and yellow tape, with at least three bands of green and two

bands of yellow.

C. Conductor Terminations and Connections:

1. Pipe and Equipment Grounding Conductor Terminations: Bolted connectors.

3.2 EQUIPMENT GROUNDING

A. Install insulated equipment grounding conductors with the following items, in addition to those

required by NFPA 70:

1. Feeders and branch circuits.

2. Lighting circuits.

3. Receptacle circuits.

4. Single-phase motor and appliance branch circuits.

5. Three-phase motor and appliance branch circuits.

6. Flexible raceway runs.

7. Armored and metal-clad cable runs.

B. Air-Duct Equipment Circuits: Install insulated equipment grounding conductor to duct-

mounted electrical devices operating at 120 V and more, including air cleaners, heaters,

dampers, humidifiers, and other duct electrical equipment. Bond conductor to each unit and to

air duct and connected metallic piping.

C. Heat-Tracing, and Antifrost Heating Cables: Install a separate insulated equipment grounding

conductor to each electric water heater and heat-tracing cable. Bond conductor to heater units,

piping, connected equipment, and components.



D. Isolated Equipment Enclosure Circuits: For designated equipment supplied by a branch circuit

or feeder, isolate equipment enclosure from supply circuit raceway with a nonmetallic raceway

fitting listed for the purpose. Install fitting where raceway enters enclosure, and install a

separate insulated equipment grounding conductor. Isolate conductor from raceway and from

panelboard grounding terminals. Terminate at equipment grounding conductor terminal of the

applicable derived system or service, unless otherwise indicated.

E. Signal and Communication Equipment: For alarm, data, and other communication equipment,

provide No. 4 AWG minimum insulated grounding conductor in raceway from grounding

electrode system to each service location, terminal cabinet, wiring closet, and central equipment

location.

1. Terminal Cabinets: Terminate grounding conductor on cabinet grounding terminal.

3.3 INSTALLATION

A. Grounding Conductors: Route along shortest and straightest paths possible, unless otherwise

indicated or required by Code. Avoid obstructing access or placing conductors where they may

be subjected to strain, impact, or damage.

B. Bonding Straps and Jumpers: Install in locations accessible for inspection and maintenance,

except where routed through short lengths of conduit.

1. Bonding to Structure: Bond straps directly to basic structure, taking care not to penetrate

any adjacent parts.

2. Bonding to Equipment Mounted on Vibration Isolation Hangers and Supports: Install so

vibration is not transmitted to rigidly mounted equipment.


A. Perform the following tests and inspections and prepare test reports:

1. After installing grounding system but before permanent electrical circuits have been

energized, test for compliance with requirements.

a. Measure ground resistance not less than two full days after last trace of

precipitation and without soil being moistened by any means other than natural

drainage or seepage and without chemical treatment or other artificial means of

reducing natural ground resistance.

b. Perform tests by fall-of-potential method according to IEEE 81.

B. Report measured ground resistances that exceed the following values:

1. Power and Lighting Equipment or System with Capacity 500 kVA and Less: 10 ohms.

2. Power Distribution Units or Panelboards Serving Electronic Equipment: 1 ohm.

C. Excessive Ground Resistance: If resistance to ground exceeds specified values, notify Architect

promptly and include recommendations to reduce ground resistance.




HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260529 - 1

SECTION 260529 - HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

PART 1 - GENERAL




1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes:

1. Hangers and supports for electrical equipment and systems.

2. Construction requirements for concrete bases.


A. Design supports for multiple raceways capable of supporting combined weight of supported

systems and its contents.

B. Design equipment supports capable of supporting combined operating weight of supported

equipment and connected systems and components.

C. Rated Strength: Adequate in tension, shear, and pullout force to resist maximum loads

calculated or imposed for this Project, with a minimum structural safety factor of five times the

applied force.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For steel slotted support systems.

B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details and include calculations for the

following:

1. Trapeze hangers. Include Product Data for components.

2. Steel slotted channel systems. Include Product Data for components.

3. Equipment supports.

C. Welding certificates.


A. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural

Welding Code - Steel."




PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 SUPPORT, ANCHORAGE, AND ATTACHMENT COMPONENTS

A. Steel Slotted Support Systems: Comply with MFMA-4, factory-fabricated components for field

assembly.

1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers

offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,

the following:

a. Allied Tube & Conduit.

b. Cooper B-Line, Inc.; a division of Cooper Industries.

c. ERICO International Corporation.

d. GS Metals Corp.

e. Thomas & Betts Corporation.

f. Unistrut; Tyco International, Ltd.

g. Wesanco, Inc.

2. Metallic Coatings: Hot-dip galvanized after fabrication and applied according to

MFMA-4.

3. Nonmetallic Coatings: Manufacturer's standard PVC, polyurethane, or polyester coating

applied according to MFMA-4.

4. Painted Coatings: Manufacturer's standard painted coating applied according to MFMA-

4.

5. Channel Dimensions: Selected for applicable load criteria.

B. Raceway Supports: As described in NECA 1 and NECA 101.

C. Conduit Support Devices: Steel hangers, clamps, and associated fittings, designed for types and

sizes of raceway or cable to be supported.

D. Structural Steel for Fabricated Supports and Restraints: ASTM A 36/A 36M, steel plates,

shapes, and bars; black and galvanized.

E. Mounting, Anchoring, and Attachment Components: Items for fastening electrical items or

their supports to building surfaces include the following:

1. Powder-Actuated Fasteners: Threaded-steel stud, for use in hardened portland cement

concrete, steel, or wood, with tension, shear, and pullout capacities appropriate for

supported loads and building materials where used.

a. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers

offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not

limited to, the following:

1) Hilti Inc.



2) ITW Ramset/Red Head; a division of Illinois Tool Works, Inc.

3) MKT Fastening, LLC.

4) Simpson Strong-Tie Co., Inc.; Masterset Fastening Systems Unit.

2. Mechanical-Expansion Anchors: Insert-wedge-type, stainless steel, for use in hardened

portland cement concrete with tension, shear, and pullout capacities appropriate for

supported loads and building materials in which used.

a. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers

offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not

limited to, the following:

1) Cooper B-Line, Inc.; a division of Cooper Industries.

2) Empire Tool and Manufacturing Co., Inc.

3) Hilti Inc.

4) ITW Ramset/Red Head; a division of Illinois Tool Works, Inc.

5) MKT Fastening, LLC.

3. Concrete Inserts: Steel or malleable-iron, slotted support system units similar to MSS

Type 18; complying with MFMA-4 or MSS SP-58.

4. Clamps for Attachment to Steel Structural Elements: MSS SP-58, type suitable for

attached structural element.

5. Through Bolts: Structural type, hex head, and high strength. Comply with

ASTM A 325.

6. Toggle Bolts: All-steel springhead type.

7. Hanger Rods: Threaded steel.

2.2 FABRICATED METAL EQUIPMENT SUPPORT ASSEMBLIES

A. Description: Welded or bolted, structural-steel shapes, shop or field fabricated to fit dimensions

of supported equipment.

B. Materials: Comply with requirements in Division 5 Section "Metal Fabrications" for steel

shapes and plates.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 APPLICATION

A. Comply with NECA 1 and NECA 101 for application of hangers and supports for electrical

equipment and systems except if requirements in this Section are stricter.

B. Maximum Support Spacing and Minimum Hanger Rod Size for Raceway: Space supports for

EMT, IMC, and RMC as required by NFPA 70. Minimum rod size shall be 1/4 inch (6 mm) in

diameter.



C. Multiple Raceways: Install trapeze-type supports fabricated with steel slotted or other support

system, sized so capacity can be increased by at least 25 percent in future without exceeding

specified design load limits.

1. Secure raceways and cables to these supports with two-bolt conduit clamps.

D. Spring-steel clamps designed for supporting single conduits without bolts may be used for 1-

1/2-inch (38-mm) and smaller raceways serving branch circuits and communication systems

above suspended ceilings and for fastening raceways to trapeze supports.

3.2 SUPPORT INSTALLATION

A. Comply with NECA 1 and NECA 101 for installation requirements except as specified in this

Article.

B. Raceway Support Methods: In addition to methods described in NECA 1, EMT, IMC, and

RMC may be supported by openings through structure members, as permitted in NFPA 70.

C. Strength of Support Assemblies: Where not indicated, select sizes of components so strength

will be adequate to carry present and future static loads within specified loading limits.

Minimum static design load used for strength determination shall be weight of supported

components plus 200 lb (90 kg).

D. Mounting and Anchorage of Surface-Mounted Equipment and Components: Anchor and fasten

electrical items and their supports to building structural elements by the following methods

unless otherwise indicated by code:

1. To Wood: Fasten with lag screws or through bolts.

2. To New Concrete: Bolt to concrete inserts.

3. To Masonry: Approved toggle-type bolts on hollow masonry units and expansion anchor

fasteners on solid masonry units.

4. To Existing Concrete: Expansion anchor fasteners.

5. Instead of expansion anchors, powder-actuated driven threaded studs provided with lock

washers and nuts may be used in existing standard-weight concrete 4 inches (100 mm)

thick or greater. Do not use for anchorage to lightweight-aggregate concrete or for slabs

less than 4 inches (100 mm) thick.

6. To Steel: Spring-tension clamps.

7. To Light Steel: Sheet metal screws.

8. Items Mounted on Hollow Walls and Nonstructural Building Surfaces: Mount cabinets,

panelboards, disconnect switches, control enclosures, pull and junction boxes,

transformers, and other devices on slotted-channel racks attached to substrate.

E. Drill holes for expansion anchors in concrete at locations and to depths that avoid reinforcing

bars.

3.3 INSTALLATION OF FABRICATED METAL SUPPORTS

A. Comply with installation requirements in Division 5 Section "Metal Fabrications" for site-

fabricated metal supports.



B. Cut, fit, and place miscellaneous metal supports accurately in location, alignment, and elevation

to support and anchor electrical materials and equipment.

C. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1/D1.1M.

3.4 PAINTING

A. Touchup: Clean field welds and abraded areas of shop paint. Paint exposed areas immediately

after erecting hangers and supports. Use same materials as used for shop painting. Comply

with SSPC-PA 1 requirements for touching up field-painted surfaces.

1. Apply paint by brush or spray to provide minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils (0.05

mm).

B. Touchup: Comply with requirements in Division 9 painting Sections for cleaning and touchup

painting of field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint on miscellaneous

metal.

C. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and apply

galvanizing-repair paint to comply with ASTM A 780.




RACEWAYS AND BOXES 260533 - 1

SECTION 260533 - RACEWAYS AND BOXES

PART 1 - GENERAL




1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes raceways, fittings, boxes, enclosures, and cabinets for electrical wiring.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For raceways, fittings, floor boxes, hinged-cover enclosures, and cabinets.

B. Shop Drawings: For custom enclosures and cabinets. Include plans, elevations, sections,





intended use.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 METAL CONDUIT AND TUBING

A. Rigid Steel Conduit: ANSI C80.1.

B. IMC: ANSI C80.6.

C. EMT: ANSI C80.3.

D. FMC: Zinc-coated steel.

E. LFMC: Flexible steel conduit with PVC jacket.



F. Fittings for Conduit (Including all Types and Flexible and Liquidtight) and EMT: NEMA FB 1;

listed for type and size raceway with which used, and for application and environment in which

installed.

2.2 NONMETALLIC CONDUIT AND TUBING

A. ENT: NEMA TC 13.

B. RNC: NEMA TC 2, Type EPC-40-PVC, unless otherwise indicated.

C. LFNC: UL 1660.

D. Fittings for ENT and RNC: NEMA TC 3; match to conduit or tubing type and material.

E. Fittings for LFNC: UL 514B.

2.3 BOXES, ENCLOSURES, AND CABINETS

A. Sheet Metal Outlet and Device Boxes: NEMA OS 1.

B. Cast-Metal Outlet and Device Boxes: NEMA FB 1, aluminum, Type FD, with gasketed cover.

C. Nonmetallic Outlet and Device Boxes: NEMA OS 2.

D. Metal Floor Boxes: Cast metal, fully adjustable, rectangular.

E. Small Sheet Metal Pull and Junction Boxes: NEMA OS 1.

F. Cast-Metal Access, Pull, and Junction Boxes: NEMA FB 1, cast aluminum with gasketed

cover.

G. Hinged-Cover Enclosures: NEMA 250, Type 1, with continuous-hinge cover with flush latch,

unless otherwise indicated.

1. Metal Enclosures: Steel, finished inside and out with manufacturer's standard enamel.

2. Nonmetallic Enclosures: Plastic, finished inside with radio-frequency-resistant paint.

H. Cabinets:

1. NEMA 250, Type 1, galvanized-steel box with removable interior panel and removable

front, finished inside and out with manufacturer's standard enamel.

2. Hinged door in front cover with flush latch and concealed hinge.

3. Key latch to match panelboards.

4. Metal barriers to separate wiring of different systems and voltage.

5. Accessory feet where required for freestanding equipment.



PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 RACEWAY APPLICATION

A. Outdoors: Apply raceway products as specified below, unless otherwise indicated:

1. Exposed Conduit: Rigid steel conduit.

2. Concealed Conduit, Aboveground: Rigid steel conduit.

3. Connection to Vibrating Equipment (Including Transformers and Hydraulic, Pneumatic,

Electric Solenoid, or Motor-Driven Equipment): LFMC.

4. Boxes and Enclosures, Aboveground: NEMA 250, Type 3R.

B. Comply with the following indoor applications, unless otherwise indicated:

1. Exposed, Not Subject to Physical Damage: EMT.

2. Exposed, Not Subject to Severe Physical Damage: EMT.

3. Exposed and Subject to Severe Physical Damage: Rigid steel conduit. Includes

raceways in the following locations:

a. Corridors used for traffic of mechanized carts, forklifts, and pallet-handling units.

b. Mechanical rooms.

4. Concealed in Ceilings and Interior Walls and Partitions: EMT.

5. Connection to Vibrating Equipment (Including Transformers and Hydraulic, Pneumatic,

Electric Solenoid, or Motor-Driven Equipment): FMC, except use LFMC in damp or wet

locations.

6. Damp or Wet Locations: Rigid steel conduit.

7. Raceways for Optical Fiber or Communications Cable: EMT.

8. Boxes and Enclosures: NEMA 250, Type 1, except use NEMA 250, Type 4, nonmetallic

in damp or wet locations.

C. Minimum Raceway Size: 3/4-inch (21-mm) trade size.

D. Raceway Fittings: Compatible with raceways and suitable for use and location.

1. Rigid and Intermediate Steel Conduit: Use threaded rigid steel conduit fittings, unless

otherwise indicated.

3.2 INSTALLATION

A. Comply with NECA 1 for installation requirements applicable to products specified in Part 2

except where requirements on Drawings or in this Article are stricter.

B. Keep raceways at least 6 inches (150 mm) away from parallel runs of flues and steam or hot-

water pipes. Install horizontal raceway runs above water and steam piping.

C. Complete raceway installation before starting conductor installation.

D. Arrange stub-ups so curved portions of bends are not visible above the finished slab.



E. Install no more than the equivalent of three 90-degree bends in any conduit run except for

communications conduits, for which fewer bends are allowed.

F. Conceal conduit and EMT within finished walls, ceilings, and floors, unless otherwise

indicated.

G. Raceway Terminations at Locations Subject to Moisture or Vibration: Use insulating bushings

to protect conductors, including conductors smaller than No. 4 AWG.

H. Install pull wires in empty raceways. Use polypropylene or monofilament plastic line with not

less than 200-lb (90-kg) tensile strength. Leave at least 12 inches (300 mm) of slack at each end

of pull wire.

I. Raceways for Optical Fiber and Communications Cable: Install as follows:

1. 3/4-Inch (19-mm) Trade Size and Smaller: Install raceways in maximum lengths of 50

feet (15 m).

2. 1-Inch (25-mm) Trade Size and Larger: Install raceways in maximum lengths of 75 feet

(23 m).

3. Install with a maximum of two 90-degree bends or equivalent for each length of raceway

unless Drawings show stricter requirements. Separate lengths with pull or junction boxes

or terminations at distribution frames or cabinets where necessary to comply with these

requirements.

J. Install raceway sealing fittings at suitable, approved, and accessible locations and fill them with

listed sealing compound. For concealed raceways, install each fitting in a flush steel box with a

blank cover plate having a finish similar to that of adjacent plates or surfaces. Install raceway

sealing fittings at the following points:

1. Where conduits pass from warm to cold locations, such as boundaries of refrigerated

spaces.

2. Where otherwise required by NFPA 70.

K. Flexible Conduit Connections: Use maximum of 72 inches (1830 mm) of flexible conduit for

recessed and semirecessed lighting fixtures, equipment subject to vibration, noise transmission,

or movement; and for transformers and motors.

1. Use LFMC in damp or wet locations subject to severe physical damage.

2. Use LFMC or LFNC in damp or wet locations not subject to severe physical damage.

L. Recessed Boxes in Masonry Walls: Saw-cut opening for box in center of cell of masonry block,

and install box flush with surface of wall.

3.3 FIRESTOPPING

A. Apply firestopping to electrical penetrations of fire-rated floor and wall assemblies to restore

original fire-resistance rating of assembly.



ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 260553 - 1

SECTION 260553 - ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION

PART 1 - GENERAL




1.2 SUMMARY


1. Identification for raceways.

2. Identification of power and control cables.

3. Identification for conductors.

4. Warning labels and signs.

5. Instruction signs.

6. Equipment identification labels.

7. Miscellaneous identification products.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each electrical identification product indicated.


A. Comply with ANSI A13.1.


C. Comply with 29 CFR 1910.144 and 29 CFR 1910.145.

D. Comply with ANSI Z535.4 for safety signs and labels.

E. Adhesive-attached labeling materials, including label stocks, laminating adhesives, and inks

used by label printers, shall comply with UL 969.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 POWER RACEWAY IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS

A. Comply with ANSI A13.1 for minimum size of letters for legend and for minimum length of

color field for each raceway size.



B. Colors for Raceways Carrying Circuits at 600 V or Less:

1. Black letters on an orange field.

2. Legend: Indicate voltage and system or service type.

C. Self-Adhesive Vinyl Labels for Raceways Carrying Circuits at 600 V or Less: Preprinted,

flexible label laminated with a clear, weather- and chemical-resistant coating and matching

wraparound adhesive tape for securing ends of legend label.

D. Snap-Around Labels for Raceways Carrying Circuits at 600 V or Less: Slit, pretensioned,

flexible, preprinted, color-coded acrylic sleeve, with diameter sized to suit diameter of raceway

or cable it identifies and to stay in place by gripping action.

E. Snap-Around, Color-Coding Bands for Raceways Carrying Circuits at 600 V or Less: Slit,

pretensioned, flexible, solid-colored acrylic sleeve, 2 inches (50 mm) long, with diameter sized

to suit diameter of raceway or cable it identifies and to stay in place by gripping action.

F. Write-On Tags: Polyester tag, 0.010 inch (0.25 mm) thick, with corrosion-resistant grommet

and cable tie for attachment to conductor or cable.

1. Marker for Tags: Machine-printed, permanent, waterproof, black ink marker

recommended by printer manufacturer.

2.2 POWER AND CONTROL CABLE IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS

A. Comply with ANSI A13.1 for minimum size of letters for legend and for minimum length of

color field for each raceway and cable size.

B. Self-Adhesive Vinyl Labels: Preprinted, flexible label laminated with a clear, weather- and

chemical-resistant coating and matching wraparound adhesive tape for securing ends of legend

label.

C. Write-On Tags: Polyester tag, 0.010 inch (0.25 mm) thick, with corrosion-resistant grommet




D. Snap-Around Labels: Slit, pretensioned, flexible, preprinted, color-coded acrylic sleeve, with

diameter sized to suit diameter of raceway or cable it identifies and to stay in place by gripping

action.

E. Snap-Around, Color-Coding Bands: Slit, pretensioned, flexible, solid-colored acrylic sleeve, 2

inches (50 mm) long, with diameter sized to suit diameter of raceway or cable it identifies and

to stay in place by gripping action.

2.3 CONDUCTOR IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS

A. Color-Coding Conductor Tape: Colored, self-adhesive vinyl tape not less than 3 mils (0.08

mm) thick by 1 to 2 inches (25 to 50 mm) wide.



B. Self-Adhesive Vinyl Labels: Preprinted, flexible label laminated with a clear, weather- and

chemical-resistant coating and matching wraparound adhesive tape for securing ends of legend

label.

C. Marker Tapes: Vinyl or vinyl-cloth, self-adhesive wraparound type, with circuit identification

legend machine printed by thermal transfer or equivalent process.

D. Write-On Tags: Polyester tag, 0.010 inch (0.25 mm) thick, with corrosion-resistant grommet




2.4 WARNING LABELS AND SIGNS

A. Comply with NFPA 70 and 29 CFR 1910.145.

B. Self-Adhesive Warning Labels: Factory-printed, multicolor, pressure-sensitive adhesive labels,

configured for display on front cover, door, or other access to equipment unless otherwise

indicated.

C. Baked-Enamel Warning Signs:

1. Preprinted aluminum signs, punched or drilled for fasteners, with colors, legend, and size

required for application.

2. 1/4-inch (6.4-mm) grommets in corners for mounting.

3. Nominal size, 7 by 10 inches (180 by 250 mm).

2.5 INSTRUCTION SIGNS

A. Engraved, laminated acrylic or melamine plastic, minimum 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) thick for signs

up to 20 sq. inches (129 sq. cm) and 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) thick for larger sizes.

1. Engraved legend with black letters on white face.

2. Punched or drilled for mechanical fasteners.

3. Framed with mitered acrylic molding and arranged for attachment at applicable

equipment.

B. Adhesive Film Label with Clear Protective Overlay: Machine printed, in black, by thermal

transfer or equivalent process. Minimum letter height shall be 3/8 inch (10 mm). Overlay shall

provide a weatherproof and UV-resistant seal for label.

2.6 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION LABELS

A. Adhesive Film Label with Clear Protective Overlay: Machine printed, in black, by thermal

transfer or equivalent process. Minimum letter height shall be 3/8 inch (10 mm). Overlay shall

provide a weatherproof and UV-resistant seal for label.



B. Self-Adhesive, Engraved, Laminated Acrylic or Melamine Label: Adhesive backed, with white

letters on a dark-gray background. Minimum letter height shall be 3/8 inch (10 mm).

C. Stenciled Legend: In nonfading, waterproof, black ink or paint. Minimum letter height shall be

1 inch (25 mm).

2.7 MISCELLANEOUS IDENTIFICATION PRODUCTS

A. Paint: Comply with requirements in Division 9 painting Sections for paint materials and

application requirements. Select paint system applicable for surface material and location

(exterior or interior).

B. Fasteners for Labels and Signs: Self-tapping, stainless-steel screws or stainless-steel machine

screws with nuts and flat and lock washers.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Location: Install identification materials and devices at locations for most convenient viewing

without interference with operation and maintenance of equipment.

B. Apply identification devices to surfaces that require finish after completing finish work.

C. Self-Adhesive Identification Products: Clean surfaces before application, using materials and

methods recommended by manufacturer of identification device.

D. Attach signs and plastic labels that are not self-adhesive type with mechanical fasteners

appropriate to the location and substrate.

E. System Identification Color-Coding Bands for Raceways and Cables: Each color-coding band

shall completely encircle cable or conduit. Place adjacent bands of two-color markings in

contact, side by side. Locate bands at changes in direction, at penetrations of walls and floors,

at 50-foot (15-m) maximum intervals in straight runs, and at 25-foot (7.6-m) maximum intervals

in congested areas.

F. Painted Identification: Comply with requirements in Division 9 painting Sections for surface

preparation and paint application.

3.2 IDENTIFICATION SCHEDULE

A. Accessible Raceways and Metal-Clad Cables, 600 V or Less, for Service, Feeder, and Branch

Circuits More Than 30A, and 120 V to ground: Install labels at 10-foot (3-m) maximum

intervals.

B. Accessible Raceways and Cables within Buildings: Identify the covers of each junction and

pull box of the following systems with self-adhesive vinyl labels with the wiring system legend

and system voltage. System legends shall be as follows:



1. Emergency Power.

2. Power.

C. Power-Circuit Conductor Identification, 600 V or Less: For conductors in vaults, pull and

junction boxes, manholes, and handholes, use color-coding conductor tape to identify the phase.

1. Color-Coding for Phase and Voltage Level Identification, 600 V or Less: Use colors

listed below for ungrounded service feeder and branch-circuit conductors.

a. Color shall be factory applied or field applied for sizes larger than No. 8 AWG, if

authorities having jurisdiction permit.

b. Colors for 208/120-V Circuits:

1) Phase A: Black.

2) Phase B: Red.

3) Phase C: Blue.

c. Field-Applied, Color-Coding Conductor Tape: Apply in half-lapped turns for a

minimum distance of 6 inches (150 mm) from terminal points and in boxes where

splices or taps are made. Apply last two turns of tape with no tension to prevent

possible unwinding. Locate bands to avoid obscuring factory cable markings.

D. Install instructional sign including the color-code for grounded and ungrounded conductors

using adhesive-film-type labels.

E. Conductors to Be Extended in the Future: Attach write-on tags to conductors and list source.

F. Auxiliary Electrical Systems Conductor Identification: Identify field-installed alarm, control,

and signal connections.

1. Identify conductors, cables, and terminals in enclosures and at junctions, terminals, and

pull points. Identify by system and circuit designation.

2. Use system of marker tape designations that is uniform and consistent with system used

by manufacturer for factory-installed connections.

3. Coordinate identification with Project Drawings, manufacturer's wiring diagrams, and the

Operation and Maintenance Manual.

G. Warning Labels for Indoor Cabinets, Boxes, and Enclosures for Power and Lighting: Baked-

enamel warning signs.

1. Comply with 29 CFR 1910.145.

2. Identify system voltage with black letters on an orange background.

3. Apply to exterior of door, cover, or other access.

4. For equipment with multiple power or control sources, apply to door or cover of

equipment including, but not limited to, the following:

a. Power transfer switches.

b. Controls with external control power connections.



H. Operating Instruction Signs: Install instruction signs to facilitate proper operation and

maintenance of electrical systems and items to which they connect. Install instruction signs

with approved legend where instructions are needed for system or equipment operation.

I. Emergency Operating Instruction Signs: Install instruction signs with white legend on a red

background with minimum 3/8-inch- (10-mm-) high letters for emergency instructions at

equipment used for power transfer.

J. Equipment Identification Labels: On each unit of equipment, install unique designation label

that is consistent with wiring diagrams, schedules, and the Operation and Maintenance Manual.

Apply labels to disconnect switches and protection equipment, central or master units, control

panels, control stations, terminal cabinets, and racks of each system. Systems include power,

lighting, control, communication, signal, monitoring, and alarm systems unless equipment is

provided with its own identification.

1. Labeling Instructions:

a. Indoor Equipment: Engraved, laminated acrylic or melamine label. Unless

otherwise indicated, provide a single line of text with 1/2-inch- (13-mm-) high

letters on 1-1/2-inch- (38-mm-) high label; where two lines of text are required, use

labels 2 inches (50 mm) high.

b. Outdoor Equipment: Stenciled legend 4 inches (100 mm) high.

c. Elevated Components: Increase sizes of labels and letters to those appropriate for

viewing from the floor.

d. Unless provided with self-adhesive means of attachment, fasten labels with

appropriate mechanical fasteners that do not change the NEMA or NRTL rating of

the enclosure.



FUSES 262813 - 1

SECTION 262813 - FUSES

PART 1 - GENERAL




1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: Cartridge fuses rated 600-V ac and less for use in enclosed switches.

1.3 SUBMITTALS


B. Operation and maintenance data.



by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application.

B. Comply with NEMA FU 1 for cartridge fuses.

C. Comply with NFPA 70.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS



1. Cooper Bussmann, Inc.

2. Edison Fuse, Inc.

3. Ferraz Shawmut, Inc.

4. Littelfuse, Inc.


FUSES 262813 - 2

2.2 CARTRIDGE FUSES

A. Characteristics: NEMA FU 1, nonrenewable cartridge fuses with voltage ratings consistent

with circuit voltages.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 FUSE APPLICATIONS

A. Motor Branch Circuits: Class RK5, time delay.

B. Other Branch Circuits: Class RK5, time delay.

C. Control Circuits: Class CC, fast acting.

3.2 INSTALLATION

A. Install fuses in fusible devices. Arrange fuses so rating information is readable without

removing fuse.

3.3 IDENTIFICATION

A. Install labels complying with requirements for identification specified in Division 16 Section

"Electrical Identification" and indicating fuse replacement information on inside door of each

fused switch and adjacent to each fuse block and holder.



ENCLOSED SWITCHES 262816 - 1

SECTION 262816 - ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS

PART 1 - GENERAL




1.2 SUMMARY


1. Fusible switches.

2. Nonfusible switches.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. NC: Normally closed.

B. NO: Normally open.

C. SPDT: Single pole, double throw.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of enclosed switch, circuit breaker, accessory, and component

indicated.

B. Shop Drawings: For enclosed switches and circuit breakers. Include plans, elevations, sections,


1. Wiring Diagrams: For power, signal, and control wiring.

C. Field quality-control reports.

D. Operation and maintenance data.



by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application.




PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 FUSIBLE SWITCHES



1. Eaton Electrical Inc.; Cutler-Hammer Business Unit.

2. General Electric Company; GE Consumer & Industrial - Electrical Distribution.

3. Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.

4. Square D; a brand of Schneider Electric.

B. Type HD, Heavy Duty, Single Throw, 600-V ac, 1200 A and Smaller: UL 98 and NEMA KS 1,

horsepower rated, with clips or bolt pads to accommodate specified fuses, lockable handle with

capability to accept three padlocks, and interlocked with cover in closed position.

C. Accessories:

1. Equipment Ground Kit: Internally mounted and labeled for copper and aluminum ground

conductors.

2. Neutral Kit: Internally mounted; insulated, capable of being grounded and bonded;

labeled for copper and aluminum neutral conductors.

3. Class R Fuse Kit: Provides rejection of other fuse types when Class R fuses are

specified.

4. Lugs: Suitable for number, size, and conductor material.

2.2 NONFUSIBLE SWITCHES



1. General Electric Company; GE Consumer & Industrial - Electrical Distribution.

2. Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.

3. Square D; a brand of Schneider Electric.

B. Type HD, Heavy Duty, Single Throw, 600-V ac, 1200 A and Smaller: UL 98 and NEMA KS 1,

horsepower rated, lockable handle with capability to accept three padlocks, and interlocked with

cover in closed position.

C. Accessories:

1. Equipment Ground Kit: Internally mounted and labeled for copper and aluminum ground

conductors.

2. Neutral Kit: Internally mounted; insulated, capable of being grounded and bonded;

labeled for copper and aluminum neutral conductors.

3. Lugs: Suitable for number, size, and conductor material.



PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Install individual wall-mounted switches with tops at uniform height unless otherwise indicated.

B. Install fuses in fusible devices.

C. Comply with NECA 1.

3.2 IDENTIFICATION

A. Comply with requirements in "Electrical Identification."

1. Identify field-installed conductors, interconnecting wiring, and components; provide

warning signs.

2. Label each enclosure with engraved metal or laminated-plastic nameplate.


A. Perform tests and inspections.

B. Acceptance Testing Preparation:

1. Test insulation resistance for each enclosed switch, component, connecting supply,

feeder, and control circuit.

2. Test continuity of each circuit.

C. Tests and Inspections:

1. Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test stated in NETA

Acceptance Testing Specification. Certify compliance with test parameters.

2. Correct malfunctioning units on-site, where possible, and retest to demonstrate

compliance; otherwise, replace with new units and retest.

D. Enclosed switches will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections.

E. Prepare test and inspection reports, including a certified report that identifies enclosed switches

and that describes scanning results. Include notation of deficiencies detected, remedial action

taken, and observations after remedial action.

